manual serviços al-1651

CONTENTS

Parts marked with “ ” are important for maintaining the safety of the machine. Be sure to replace these partswith the replacement parts specified to maintain the safety and performance of the machine.

SHARP CORPORATIONThis document has been published to be usedfor after sales service only.The contents are subject to change without notice.

SERVICE MANUALCODE : 00ZAL1651CS1E

DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM

MODEL AL-1651CS(AL-1651CS)

[ 1 ] GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1

[ 2 ] SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1

[ 3 ] CONSUMABLE PARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1

[ 4 ] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1

[ 5 ] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1

[ 6 ] COPY PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1

[ 7 ] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1

[ 8 ] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1

[ 9 ] ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1

[10] TEST COMMAND, TROUBLE CODES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1

[11] USER PROGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1

[12] ELECTRICAL SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1

[13] CIRCUIT DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 1

[14] FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 - 1

CAUTION

This laser radiation is not a danger to the skin, but when an exact focusing of the laser beam is achievedon the eye’s retina, there is the danger of spot damage to the retina.

The following cautions must be observed to avoid exposure of the laser beam to your eyes at the time ofservicing.

1) When a problem in the laser optical unit has occurred, the whole optical unit must be exchanged as aunit, not as individual parts.

2) Do not look into the machine with the main switch turned on after removing the developer unit, tonercartridge, and drum cartridge.

3) Do not look into the laser beam exposure slit of the laser optical unit with the connector connectedwhen removing and installing the optical system.

4) The middle frame contains the safety interlock switch.

Do not defeat the safety interlock by inserting wedges or other items into the switch slot.

LASER WAVE – LENGTH : 770 ~ 795nmPulse times : 11.82μs/7mmOut put power : 0.15mW ± 0.01mW

CAUTIONINVISIBLE LASER RADIATION,

WHEN OPEN AND INTERLOCKS DEFEATED.

AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM.

VORSICHTUNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG,WENN ABDECKUNG GEÖFFNET UNDSICHERHEITSVERRIEGELUNG ÜBERBRÜCKT.NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN.

VARO !AVATTAESSA JA SUOJALUKITUSOHITETTAESSA OLET ALTTIINANÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE ÄLÄKATSO SÄTEESEEN.

ADVARSELUSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING VED ÅBNING, NÅRSIKKERHEDSBRYDERE ER UDE AFFUNKTION. UNDGÅ UDSAETTELSE FORSTRÅLNING.

VARNING !OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING NÄR DENNA DELÄR ÖPPNAD OCH SPÄRREN ÄR URKOPPLAD.BETRAKTA EJ STRÅLEN. – STRÅLEN ÄRFARLIG.

This product is a class 1 laser product that complies with 21CFR 1040 of the CDRH standard and IEC825. This means that this machine does not produce hazardous laser radiation. The use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.

At the production line, the output powerof the scanner unit is adjusted to 0.57MILLI-WATT PLUS 20 PCTS and ismaintained constant by the operation ofthe Automatic Power Control (APC).Even if the APC circuit fails in operationfor some reason, the maximum outputpower will only be 15 MILLI-WATT 0.1MICRO-SEC. Giving and accessibleemission level of 42 MICRO-WATTwhich is still-less than the limit ofCLASS-1 laser product.

The foregoing is applicable only to the 220Vmodel, 230V model and 240V model.

VAROITUS! LAITTEEN KÄYTTÄMINEN MUULLAKUIN TÄSSÄ KÄYTTÖOHJEESSA MAINITULLATAVALLA SAATTAA ALTISTAA KÄYTTÄJÄNTURVALLISUUSLUOKAN 1 YLITTÄVÄLLENÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE.

VARNING - OM APPARATEN ANVÄNDS PÅ ANNATSÄTT ÄN I DENNA BRUKSANVISNINGSPECIFICERATS, KAN ANVÄNDAREN UTSÄTTASFÖR OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING, SOMÖVERSKRIDER GRÄNSEN FÖR LASERKLASS 1.

CautionThis product contains a low power laserdevice. To ensure continued safety do notremove any cover or attempt to gain accessto the inside of the product. Refer allservicing to qualified personnel.

LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITEKLASS 1 LASER APPARAT

CONTENTS[1] GENERAL

1. Major functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12. Note for servicing and handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

[2] SPECIFICATIONS1. Basic Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12. Operation specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13. Copy performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24. SPLC (JBIG GDI) printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35. Scan function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36. RSPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS1. Supply system table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12. Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13. Production control number(lot No.) identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES1. Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12. Internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13. Operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24. Motors and solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35. Sensors and switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46. PWB unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57. Cross sectional view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION1. Copier installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12. Cautions on handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13. Checking packed components and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14. Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25. Removing protective packing materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26. Installing the TD cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27. Loading the paper tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38. Power to copier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39. Software for AL-1651CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

A. Before installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4B. Installing the software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4C. Setting up button manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

10. Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10A. USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10B. RJ45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

11. Moving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

[6] COPY PROCESS1. Functional diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12. Outline of print process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23. Actual print process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

[7] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS1. Outline of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12. Scanner section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

A. Scanner unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2B. Optical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2C. Drive system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

3. Laser unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3A. Basic structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3B. Laser beam path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3C. Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

4. Fuser section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3A. General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

5. Paper feed section and paper transport section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4A. Paper transport path and general operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

6. Process unit new drum detection mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77. RSPF section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

A. Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7B. Document transport path and basic composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7C. Operational descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8D. Cases where a document jam is caused. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8E. RSPF (SPF) open/close detection (book document detection) . . . . . . . 7-8

8. D-D (Duplex to Duplex) mode paper/document transport (Duplex model). . 7-8A. Initial state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8B. Front copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8C. Back copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9

9. Shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9

[8] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY1. High voltage section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1B. Disassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1C. Assembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1D. Charger wire cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1E. Charger wire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

2. Operation panel section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2B. Disassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2C. Assembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

3. Optical section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3B. Disassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3C. Assembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

4. Fusing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5B. Disassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5C. Assembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

5. Tray paper feed/transport section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7B. Disassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

C. Assembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-126. Manual paper feed section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12

A. List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12B. Disassembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12C. Assembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14D. Pressure plate holder attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14

7. Rear frame section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14A. List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14B. Disassembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14C. Assembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15

8. Power section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15A. List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15B. Disassembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15C. Assembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15

9. Duplex motor section (RSPF model only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15A. Remove the rear cabinet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15B. Remove the main PWB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15C. Remove the Duplex motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16

10. Reverse roller section (RSPF model only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16A. Remove the reverse unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16B. Remove the reverse roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16

11. RSPF section (RSPF model only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17A. RSPF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17B. Intermediate tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17C. Upper cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17D. Pickup unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17E. Upper cover of the pickup unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18F. Sensor PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18G. Pickup solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18H. Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18I. Manual paper feed roller, pickup roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19J. Transport unit removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19K. Belt 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20L. Belt 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20M. SPF motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20N. Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20O. Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20P. Paper supply roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21Q. Paper entry sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21R. Transport roller 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21S. Paper exit roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22T. Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23

[9] ADJUSTMENTS1. Optical section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-1

A. Copy magnification ratio adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-1B. Image position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

2. Copy density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3A. Copy density adjustment timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3B. Note for copy density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3C. Necessary tool for copy density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4D. Features of copy density adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4E. Copy density adjustment procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4

3. High voltage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5A. Main charger (Grid bias) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5B. DV bias check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5

4. Duplex adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5A. Adjusting the paper reverse position in memory for duplex copying . . . .9-5B. Adjusting trailing edge void in duplex copy mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6

5. SPF (RSPF) scan position automatic adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-76. RSPF (SPF) mode sub scanning direction magnification ratio adjustment . .9-77. Automatic black level correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8

[10] TEST COMMAND, TROUBLE CODES1. Entering the test command mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-12. Key rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-13. List of test commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-14. Descriptions of various test commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-25. Trouble codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-27

A. Trouble codes list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-27B. Details of trouble codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-27

[11] USER PROGRAM1. User programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-1

A. Copy mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-1B. Print mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-2

2. Selecting a setting for a user program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-2

[12] ELECTRICAL SECTION1. Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1

A. Overall block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-12. Circuit descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-2

A. Main PWB (MCU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-2B. DC power circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-11

[13] CIRCUIT DIAGRAM1. MCU PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-12. OPERATION PWB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-263. NIC PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-294. POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-335. ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-35

[14] FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD PROCEDURES1. Download procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-12. Version acquisition procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-23. EEPROM data acquisition procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-34. Serial number setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-45. Installing procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-4

AL-1651CS GENERAL 1 - 1

[1] GENERAL

1. Major functionsConfigurations

Descriptions of itemsCPM: Copy speed (Copies Per Minute)

SB/MB: SB = Manual feed single bypass, MB = Manual feed multi bypass

2 tray: Second cassette unit

SPF: Original feed unit

R-SPF: Duplex original feed unit

Color scanner: Color scanner function

GDI printer: GDI printer function with USB

SPLC: SPLC printer function

E-SORT: Electrical sort

Duplex: Auto duplex copy function

Shifter: Job separator function

FAX: FAX function

Sharpdesk: Scanner utilities

IEEE1284: Interface port (parallel)

USB: Interface port (USB)

RJ45: Interface port (Network)

External NIC: Interface port (Network)

Descriptions of table❍: Standard provision✕: No function or no option availableOpt: Option

2. Note for servicing and handlingWhen the main unit power is repeatedly turned OFF/ON rapidly (for about 1sec), the IC (OA982) on the MCU PWB may malfunction to cause an error(E1-00 Communication error), which does not boot the machine. In case of this error, the blank display is kept for several tens seconds and then "E1-00" is displayed on the panel display.

<Countermeasure>Turn off the power and keep it for more than 10sec. Then turn on the power.

When the machine is booted.: There is no problem in the MCU PWB.

When the machine is not booted.: The MCU PWB trouble

Item CPM / PPM SB/

MB2

TraySPF R-SPF

ColorScanner (push)

GDIprinter

SPLC E-SORT Duplex Shifter FAXSharpdesk

IEEE1284

USB RJ45External

NICModel LT A4

AL-1651CS 16 15 MB ✕ ✕ ❍ ❍ ✕ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ✕ ❍ ✕ ❍

(2.0)❍

print only✕

(AL-1651CS)

AL-1651CS SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 1

[2] SPECIFICATIONS

1. Basic Specifications

2. Operation specifications

ItemType Desktop

Copy system Dry, electrostatic

Segment (class) Digital personal copier

Copier dimensions 20.4" (W) x 19.8" (D) x 15.0" (H) (518mm (W) x 503mm (D) x 380mm (H))Weight (Approximately) 44.1 lbs. (20kg) Not includes toner cartridge

Section, item Details

Paper feed section

Paper feed system 1 tray (250 sheets) + multi bypass (50 sheets)

AB system Tray paper feed section

Paper size A4, B5, A5, 16K (Landscape)

Paper weight 56 - 80g/m2 (15 - 21 lbs.)

Paper feed capacity 250 sheetsKinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper

Remark User adjustment of front paper guide available

Multi bypass paper feed section

Paper size A4, B5, A5, B6, A6 (Post card), 16K (Landscape)

Paper weight 52 - 128g/m2 (14 - 34.5 lbs.)

Paper feed capacity 50 sheets

Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, envelope, OHP, Label (Single copy)

Remark User adjustment of side paper guide available

Inch system Tray paper feed section

Paper size 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2 x 11", 8-1/2" x 5-1/2" (Landscape)Paper weight 15 - 21 lbs.


Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper

Remark User adjustment of front paper guide available

Multi bypass paper feed section

Paper size 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2 x 11", 8-1/2" x 5-1/2", 3-1/2" x 5-1/2" (Landscape)

Paper weight 14 - 34.5 lbs.


Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP, Label, Envelop (Single copy)

Remark User adjustment of side paper guide available

Paper exit section Exit way Face down

Capacity of output tray 200 sheetsOriginals Original set Center Registration (left edge)

Max. original size A4 (8-1/2" x 14")

Original kinds sheet, book

Original size detection None

Optical section

Scanning section Scanning system 3 CCDs (RGB) sensor scanning by lighting white lamp

CCD sensor Resolution 600 dpiLighting lamp Type CCFL

Voltage 560Vrms

Power consumption 2.8W

Output data R, G, B 1 or 8 bits/pixel / A/D 16bit

Writing section Writing system Writing to OPC drum by the semiconductor laser

Laser unit Resolution 600 dpiImage forming Photoconductor type OPC (30ø)

Life 18k

Charger Charging system Saw -tooth charging with a grid, / (-) scorotron discharge

Transfer system (+) DC scorotron system

Separation system (-) DC scorotron system

Developing Developing system Dry, 2-component magnetic brush development systemCleaning Cleaning system Counter blade system (Counter to rotation)


*1) May fluctuate due to environmental conditions and the input voltage.

3. Copy performance

Fusing section Fusing system Heat roller system

Upper heat roller type Teflon rollerLower heat roller type Silicon rubber roller

Heater lamp type Halogen lamp

Voltage 120V

Power consumption 800W

Electrical section Power source Voltage 120V

Frequency 60HzRated current 8A

Power consumption Max. Less than 1000W

Average (during copying) 350 Wh/H *1)

Average (stand-by) 80Wh/H *1)

Pre-heat mode 25Wh/H *1)

Auto power shut-off mode 8.8Wh/H *1)


Copy magnification Fixed magnification ratios

4 Reduction + 3 Enlargement (AB system : 25, 50, 70, 86, 100, 141, 200, 400%) (Inch system : 25, 50, 64, 78, 100, 129, 200, 400%)

Zooming magnification ratios

OC: 25 - 400%, RSPF 50 - 200% (376 steps in 1% increments)

Manual steps (text, photo) 5 steps

Copy speed First copy time Tray paper feed 9.6 sec. (Pre-heat mode:25 sec. / Auto power-shut-off mode : 40 sec.) A4 or Letter/100%/Auto Exposure

AB systemA4(Landscape)

Copy speed (CPM) Same size 15

Enlargement 15

Reduction 15AB systemB5(Landscape)


Enlargement 15

Reduction 15

Inch system8-1/2" x 14"(Landscape)


Enlargement 12

Reduction 12

Inch system8-1/2" x 11"(Landscape)

Copy speed (CPM) Same size 16Enlargement 16

Reduction 16

Max. continuous copy quantity 99

Void Void area leading edge 1 - 4mm

Trailing edge 4mm or less, 6mm or less (Duplex copying/both image)

Side void area 0.5mm or more (per side)4.5mm or less (total of both sides)

Image loss leading edge Same size: 3.0mm or less (OC) / 4.0mm or less (SPF/R-SPF/Duplex) Enlarge: 1.5mm or less (OC) / 3.0mm or less (SPF/R-SPF/Duplex) Reduction (50%): 6.0mm or less (OC) / 8.0mm or less (SPF/R-SPF/Duplex)

Warm-up time 0 sec.

Power save mode reset time 0 sec.

Paper jam recovery time 0 sec.



4. SPLC (JBIG GDI) printer

*1: Engine Resolution

*2: Running change

5. Scan function

*1: Running change

6. RSPF

Print speed Max. 15ppm (A4 / with ROPM) / 16ppm (Letter / with ROPM)First print time 9.6 sec. (without data transfer time)

Duplex Yes

ROPM Yes

CPU None

Memory Share the memory with E-SORT function

Interface RJ45 (10 base) / USB 2.0Network Internal NIC

Emulation SPLC (JBIG GDI)

MIB support No

Resolution 600dpi *1

Supported OS Win 95 / 98 / Me / NT 4.0 / 2000 / XP

WHQL support Yes *2Application Status window

Type Flat Bed Color Scanner

Scanning system Document glass/RSPF

Light source 3 CCDs (RGB) sensor scanning by lighting white lamp (2 pcs of CCFL)Resolution Optical: 600 x 1200dpi

Setting range: 50 - 9600dpi (Preview resolution is fixed at 75dpi)

Originals Sheet type / Book typeOutput data R, G, B 1 or 8 bits/pixel / A/D 16bit

Scan range OC / RSPF: 8.5" (297mm) (L) x 14" (431mm) (W)Original position: Platen: Left center / SPF: Right center

Scan speed OC / SPF: Max. 2.88ms/line (Color/Gray scale), Max. 0.96 ms/line (B & W)

Protocol TWAIN / WIA (Only XP) / STI

Support file format RAW / JPEG

Interface USB2.0

Scanner utility Button Manager / Sharpdesk

Scan key/lamp YesDuplex scan No

Supported OS Win 98 / Me / 2000 / XP

Void area No (User settable by PC)

WHQL supported Yes *1

Original capacity 30 sheets (52 to 90g/m2) (14 to 23.9 lbs.)Original size A4 to A5/10" x 14" to 5-1/2" x 8-1/2"

Original replacement speed 12CPM (A4/8-1/2" x 11"Landscape)

Job speed (Tray1,Landscape) Single copy S to S 12CPM

S to D 5.6CPM

D to S 5.5CPM

D to D 5.2CPMMulti copy S to S 16CPM

D to S 16CPM

Original placement Face up

Original weight 52 to 90g/m2(14 - 23.9lbs.)

Mixed feeding No

Original which cannot Thermal papers, originals with punch holes for files, be used folded paper, transparent originals such as OHP films, stapled or clip used originals with cover up liquid used, Originals with tape sealed, originals with high level frictional coefficient such as photos or catalogs.

AL-1651CS CONSUMABLE PARTS 3 - 1

[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS

1. Supply system table Common to all destinations

2. EnvironmentalThe environmental conditions for assuring the copy quality and the machine operations are as follows:

(1) Normal operating condition

Temperature:20 - 25°CHumidity:65 ± 5%RH

(2) Acceptable operating condition

(3) Optical condition

(4) Supply storage condition

No. Name Content Life Product name Package

1 Develop cartridge (Black) x 1(Except Europe)

Toner/developer cartridge x 1(Toner: Net weight 124g) (Developer: Net weight 190g)

4K(5% document)

AL-110TD 5

2 Drum cartridge Drum cartridge 18K AL-100DR 5

Humidity (RH)

85%

60%

20%

10˚C 30˚C 35˚C

Humidity (RH)

90%

60%

15%

–25˚C 30˚C 40˚C

Humidity (RH)

90%

20%

–5˚C 45˚C

AL-1651CS CONSUMABLE PARTS 3 - 2

3. Production control number(lot No.) identification<Developing cartridge>

* Destination

<Drum cartridge>

The label on the drum cartridge shows the date of production.(SOCC production)

<JAPAN production>

*1 The production control label is not attached to the cartridge of aChina product.

Division No.

EX Destination A same pack G

B same pack H

Option Destination A P

B Q

Division No.

Ex production 1

Option 2

Same pack 3

Production month

Production day

Destination code

(Dealer, distributor, OEM, etc.)

Production place

(SOCC: Fixed to B.)

End digit of year

Version No.

Production month

Production day

Destination code

(Dealer, distributor, OEM, etc.)

Production place

(SOCC: Fixed to B.)

End digit of year

Version No.

X000119Ver.A 1

Production month

(1 - 9 = Jan. - Sep. 0 = Oct. X = Nov. Y = Dec.)

Serial number of month

Fixed to 1.

Pack division

(See table below)

End digit of year

Version No.

Production controllabel attachment position

Production controllabel attachment position(*1)

AL-1651CS EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 1

[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES

1. Appearance

2. Internal

1 Document glass 2 Operation panel 3 Front cover4 Paper tray 5 Side cover 6 Side cover open button

7 Bypass tray paper guides 8 Bypass tray 9 Reversing tray

10 Original guides 11 Document feeder cover 12 Document feeder tray

13 Exit area 14 Paper output tray 15 Paper output tray extension

16 Power switch 17 Handles 18 Power cord

19 USB port 20 LAN port 21 Paper holding arm

1 Side cover 2 Fusing unit release lever 3 Transfer charger

4 Charger cleaner 5 Front cover

2

3

4

1

5

76

8

RSPF9

10

11

1213

Interface

1415

1617

18

19

20

17

21

TD cartridge Drum cartridge

1

5

2

3

4


3. Operation panel

1 [MODE SELECT] key / Mode indicatorsPress this key to select the mode. The indicator of the selected mode lights (copy, printer, scanner).

2 DisplayThis shows messages indicating the machine status and any problems that occur, as well as user programs and function setting menus.

3 Numeric keysUse these to enter the number of copies and other numerical settings.The keys can also be used to select items in function setting menus.

4 [CLEAR] key ( )Use this to clear the set number of copies, as well as cancel a job that is in progress. When a setting menu appears, use this key to move back to the previous menu level.

5 Power save indicatorThis lights up when the power save function is activated.

6 RSPF indicatorThis lights up when an original is placed in the RSPF.

7 Error indicatorThis lights steadily or blinks when a paper misfeed or other error occurs.

8 [TRAY SELECT] key ( )Use to select the paper tray that has the desired paper for copying.

9 Tray location indicatorIndicates the selected paper tray. The indicator blinks when the tray is out of paper or is not closed.

10 [MENU] keyPress this key to select the paper size for copying, to configure a user program or to display the total count.

11 [2-SIDED COPY] keyUse to copy both sides of an original.

12 [E-SORT/SP.FUN] keyPress to select the sort function, 2 in 1 copy function, or margin shift function.

13 [ ] key ( ), [ ] key ( ), [ENTER] keyPress the [ ] key ( ) or [ ] key ( ) to select an item in a function setting menu.Press the [ENTER] key to enter a selection.

14 [EXPOSURE] keyUse to switch from auto exposure adjustment to text mode or photo mode.

15 [COPY RATIO] keyPress to select an enlargement or reduction ratio.To select a preset ratio setting, press the [COPY RATIO] key and select the desired preset ratio. To select a ratio that is not preset, press the [COPY RATIO] key, select the preset ratio that is closest to the desired ratio, and then press the [ ] key ( ) or [ ] key ( ) to increase or decrease the ratio in increments of 1%.

16 [START] key ( ) / Ready indicatorThe ready indicator lights up when copying or scanning is possible.To begin copying, press the [START] key ( ).The [START] key ( ) is also pressed to return to normal operation from auto power shut-off mode.

17 [CLEAR ALL] key ( )This returns all functions to the default settings. When pressed in a setting menu, this returns the settings and display to the initial state.

18 Shows the current copy ratio.

19 Shows the selected paper size. 20 Shows the number of copies that has been entered with the numeric keys.

21 A checkmark " " appears when the exposure has been changed, or when two-sided copying, sort, 2 IN 1, or margin shift is selected.

READY TO COPY. 100% 8.5x11 0

Display

AL-1651CS

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21

1 2 3 4 5


4. Motors and solenoids

No. Part name Control signal Function / Operation

1 Main motor MM Drives the copier.

2 Scanner motor MRMT Drives the optical mirror base (scanner unit).

3 Toner motor TM Supplies toner.4 Cooling fan motor VFM Cools the optical section.

5 Resist roller solenoid RRS Resist roller rotation control solenoid

6 Paper feed solenoid CPFS1 Cassette Paper feed solenoid 1

7 Multi paper feed solenoid MPFS Multi manual pages feed solenoid

8 SPF motor SPFM Drives the single pass feeder

9 Duplex motor DMT Devices the duplex paper transport section10 Original feed solenoid SPUS Original pick up solenoid

11 SPF paper feed solenoid SPFS Original feed solenoid

12 SPF gate solenoid SGS Controls the document reverse gate.

13 Shifter motor SFTM Drives the shifter.

1

4

8

11

2

12

13

9

10

5

76

3


5. Sensors and switches

No. Name Signal Type Function Output

1 Scanner unit home position sensor

MHPS Transmission sensor Scanner unit home position detection "H" at home position

2 POD sensor POD Transmission sensor Paper exit detection "H" at paper pass

3 PPD2 sensor PPD2 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 2 "L" at paper pass

4 Cassette detection switch CED1 Micro-switch Cassette installation detection "H" at cassette insertion

5 PPD1 sensor PPD1 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 1 "L" at paper pass6 Door switch DSW Micro-switch Door open/close detection

(safety switch for 24V)1 or 0V of 24V at door open

7 Drum reset switch DRST Micro-switch New drum detection switch Instantaneously "H" at insertion of new drum

8 SPF sensor SPID/SD SW

Transmission sensor Paper entry detectionCover open/close detection

"L" at paper pass

9 SPPD sensor SPPD Transmission sensor Paper transport detection "L" at paper pass

1

9

8

2

3

4

5

67


6. PWB unit

No. Name Function

1 Exposure lamp inverter PWB Exposure lamp (CCFL) control2 Main PWB (MCU) Copier control

3 Operation PWB Operation input/display

4 Power PWB AC power input, DC voltage control, High voltage control

5 CCD sensor PWB For image scanning

6 LSU motor PWB For polygon motor drive (In the LSU)

7 TCS PWB For toner sensor control8 LSU PWB For laser control (In the LSU)

9 NIC PWB 10 BASE-T Network I/F

1

5

9

2

8

6

7

3

4


7. Cross sectional view

No. Part name Function and operation1 Scanner unit Illuminates the original with the copy lamp and passes the reflected light to the lens unit(CCD).

2 Exposure lamp Exposure lamp (CCFL) Illuminates original

3 LSU (Laser unit) Converts the original image signal into laser beams and writes onto the drum.

4 Paper exit roller Roller for paper exit

5 Main charger Provides negative charges evenly to the drum surface.

6 Heat roller Fuses toner on the paper. (Teflon roller)

7 Pressure roller Fuses toner on the paper. (Silicon rubber roller)8 Drum Forms images.

9 Transfer unit Transfers images onto the drum.

10 Pickup roller Picks up the manual feed paper. (In multi feed only)

11 Manual paper feed tray Tray for manual feed paper

12 Manual paper feed roller Transport the paper from the manual paper feed port.

13 PS roller unit Takes synchronization between the lead edge and the rear edge of the paper.14 Paper feed roller Picks up a sheet of paper from the cassette.

15 Pickup roller Picks up documents.

16 Separation roller Separates documents to feed properly.

17 PS roller Feeds documents to the scanning section.

18 Paper exit roller Discharges documents.

1 4

3 5 18 15

6

7

8

9

10

111214 13

16 17

2

AL-1651CS UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 1

[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION

1. Copier installationImproper installation may damage the copier. Please note the followingduring initial installation and whenever the copier is moved.

Caution: If the copier is moved from a cool place to a warm place, con-densation may form inside the copier. Operation in this condi-tion will cause poor copy quality and malfunctions.Leave the copier at room temperature for at least 2 hoursbefore use.

Do not install your copier in areas that are:

• damp, humid, or very dusty

• exposed to direct sunlight

• poorly ventilated

• subject to extreme temperature or humidity changes, e.g., near anair conditioner or heater.

The copier should be installed near an accessible power outlet for easyconnection.

Be sure to connect the power cord only to a power outlet that meetsthe specified voltage and current requirements.

Also make certain the outlet is properly grounded.

Be sure to allow the required space around the machine for servicingand proper ventilation.

2. Cautions on handlingBe careful in handling the copier as follows to maintain the perfor-mance of this copier.

Do not drop the copier, subject it to shock or strike it against anyobject.

Do not expose the drum cartridge to direct sunlight.

Doing so will damage the surface (green portion) of the drum cartridge,causing poor print quality.

Store spare supplies such as drum cartridges and TD cartridges in adark place without removing from the package before use.

If they are exposed to direct sunlight, poor print quality may result.

Do not touch the surface (green portion) of the drum cartridge.

Doing so will damage the surface of the cartridge, causing poor printquality.

3. Checking packed components and accessories

Open the carton and check if the following components and accesso-ries are included.

8"(20cm)8" (20cm)

4"(10cm)

4"(10cm)

Drum cartridge (installed in machine)

Operation manual

Software CD-ROM

TD cartridge


4. UnpackingBe sure to hold the handles on both sides of the machine to unpack themachine and carry it to the installation location.

5. Removing protective packing materials1) Remove all pieces of tape shown in the illustration below and then

open the RSPF and remove the protective materials. Take out thebag containing the TD cartridge.

2) Release the scan head locking switch.

6. Installing the TD cartridge1) Open the bypass tray, and then open the side cover.

2) Remove the CAUTION tape from the front cover and remove thetwo protective pins from the fusing machine by pulling the stringsupward one at a time.

3) Press gently on both sides of the front cover to open the cover.

4) Remove the TD cartridge from the bag. Remove the protectivepaper. Hold the cartridge on both sides and shake it horizontallyfour or five times. Hold the tab of the protective cover and pull thetab to your side to remove the cover.

5) While pushing the lock release button, gently insert the TD car-tridge until it locks into place.

6) Close the front cover and then the side cover by pressing the roundprojections near the side cover open button.

Note: When closing the covers, be sure to close the front coversecurely and then close the side cover. If the covers are closedin the wrong order, the covers may be damaged.

7) Ensure that the power switch of the machine is in the OFF position.Plug the other end of the power cord into the nearest outlet.

Lock Unlock

Grasp here and turn in the direction of the arrow.

CAUTION tape

Protective pins

4 or 5 times

Lock release button


7. Loading the paper trayNote: Make sure that the paper is not torn, is free of dust, and has no

wrinkles or curled edges.

1) Raise the handle of the paper tray and pull the paper tray out until itstops.

2) Remove the pressure plate lock. Rotate the pressure plate lock inthe direction of the arrow to remove it while pressing down on thepressure plate of the paper tray.

3) Store the pressure plate lock which has been removed in step 2. Tostore the pressure plate lock, rotate the lock to secure it as shownbelow.

4) Squeeze the lock lever of the front guide and slide the front guide tomatch the width of the paper, and move the left guide to the appro-priate slot as marked on the tray.

• The front guide is a slide-type guide. Grasp the locking knob onthe guide and slide the guide to the indicator line of the paper tobe loaded.

• The left guide is an insert-type guide. Remove it and then insert itat the indicator line of the paper to be loaded.

5) Fan the paper and insert it into the tray. Make sure that the edgesgo under the corner hooks.

Note:

• Do not load paper above the maximum height line ( ).Exceeding the line will cause a paper misfeed.

• If the paper is not fanned, double-feeds or misfeeds may occur.

• Make sure the stack of paper is straight before loading it. When add-ing paper, take the remaining paper out and combine it into a singlestack with the new paper.

• Make sure that all the paper in the stack is the same size and type.

• When loading paper, ensure that there is no space between thepaper and the guide, and make sure that the guide is not set too nar-row and causes the paper to bend. Incorrect loading will cause thepaper to skew or misfeed.

6) Gently push the paper tray back into the machine.

Note:

• If you loaded a different size of paper than was loaded previously inthe tray.

• When not using the machine for an extended period, remove allpaper from the paper tray and store it in a dry place. If paper is left inthe machine for an extended period, the paper will absorb moisturefrom the air, resulting in paper jams.

8. Power to copier1) Ensure that the power switch of the copier is in the OFF position.

Insert the attached power cord into the power cord socket at therear of the copier.

2) Plug the other end of the power cord into the nearest outlet.

9. Software for AL-1651CSThe CD-ROM that accompanies the machine contains the followingsoftware:

MFP driverPrinter driver

The printer driver enables you to use the printer function of themachine.

The printer driver includes the Print Status Window. This is a utility thatmonitors the machine and informs you of the printing status, the nameof the document currently being printed, and error messages.

Please note that the Print Status Window does not operate when themachine is used as a network printer.

Scanner driver (USB only)

The scanner driver allows you to use the scanning function of themachine with TWAIN-compliant and WIA-compliant applications.

Sharpdesk (USB only)Sharpdesk is an integrated software environment that makes it easy tomanage documents and image files, and launch applications.

Button Manager (USB only)Button Manager allows you to use the scanner menus on the machineto scan a document.

Note: The scanning feature can only be used with computers that arerunning Windows 98/Me/2000/XP and are connected to themachine by a USB cable. If you are running Windows 95/NT 4.0or are connected to the machine by a LAN connection, only theprinter function can be used.

Pressure plate lock

Leftguide

Frontguide


A. Before installation

(1) Hardware and software requirementsCheck the following hardware and software requirements in order toinstall the software.

*1 The machine's USB port will transfer data at the speed specified bythe USB 2.0 (Hi-Speed) only if the Microsoft USB 2.0 driver is prein-stalled in the computer, or if the USB 2.0 driver for Windows 2000Professional/XP that Microsoft provides through its "WindowsUpdate" is installed.

*2 Compatible with Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000 Profes-sional, Windows XP Professional or Windows XP Home Editionpreinstalled model standardly equipped with a USB port.

*3 Printing is not available in MS-DOS mode.

*4 The machine does not support printing from a Macintosh environ-ment.

*5 Administrator's rights are required to install the software using theinstaller.

(2) Installation environment and usable softwareThe following table shows the drivers and software that can beinstalled for each version of Windows and port connection method.

*1 Windows 98/Me does not support USB 2.0. A USB 2.0 connectioncan be used in Windows 98/Me, however, the performance will bethe same as USB 1.1. The print speed based on USB 2.0 specifica-tions can only be attained if your computer is running Windows2000/XP, you are using a cable that supports USB 2.0 (USB 1.1 orUSB 2.0 certified), and the cable is connected to a USB 2.0 port onyour computer. If the connection is made through a hub, the hubmust support USB 2.0.

*2 The printer driver that is installed will vary depending on the type ofconnection between the machine and your computer.

B. Installing the softwareNote:

• If you need to use a different connection method after installing thesoftware using a USB or network connection, you must first uninstallthe software and then install it using the new connection method.

• In the following explanations it is assumed that the mouse is config-ured for right hand operation.

• The scanner feature only works when using a USB cable.

• If an error message appears, follow the instructions on the screen tosolve the problem. After the problem is solved, the installation proce-dure will continue. Depending on the problem, you may have to clickthe "Cancel" button to exit the installer. In this case, reinstall the soft-ware from the beginning after solving the problem.

• When installing Sharpdesk, a minimal version of Internet Explorer5.01 will be installed on your computer if your computer does notcurrently have Internet Explorer version 4.01 or later.

(1) Using the machine with a USB connection1) The USB cable must not be connected to the machine. Make sure

that the cable is not connected before proceeding.

If the cable is connected, a Plug and Play window will appear. If thishappens, click the "Cancel" button to close the window and discon-nect the cable.

Note: The cable will be connected in step 15.

2) Insert the CD-ROM into your computer's CD-ROM drive.

3) Click the "start" button, click "My Computer", and then double-clickthe CD-ROM icon.

In Windows 98/Me/2000, double-click "My Computer", and thendouble-click the CD-ROM icon.

4) Double-click the "setup" icon.

Note: If the language selection screen appears after you double clickthe "setup" icon, select the language that you wish to use andclick the "Next" button. (Normally the correct language isselected automatically.)

5) The "SOFTWARE LICENCE" window will appear. Make sure thatyou understand the contents of the software licence, and then clickthe "Yes" button.

6) Read the "Readme First" in the "Welcome" window and then clickthe "Next" button.

7) To install all of the software, click the "Standard" button.

To install particular packages, click the "Custom" button.

If you selected "Custom", go to step 9.

8) Read the message in the "Welcome" window and then click the"Next" button.

If you selected "Standard" in step 7, installation will begin.

Go to step 14.

9) If you clicked the "Custom" button, select the checkboxes of thesoftware packages to be installed and then click the "Next" button.

Click the "Display README" button to show information on pack-ages that are selected.

Computer type IBM PC/AT or compatible computer equipped with a USB2.0*1/1.1*2 or 10Base-T LAN port

Operating system*3 *4

Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT Workstation 4.0 (ServicePack 5 or later)*5,Windows 2000 Professional*5, Windows XP Professional*5, Windows XP Home Edition*5

Display 800 x 600 dots (SVGA) display with 256 colors (or better)

Hard disk free space

150MB or more

Other hardware requirements

An environment on which any of the operating systems listed above can fully operate

Cable Operating systemMFP Driver

Button Manager

SharpdeskPrinter driver

Scanner driver

USB*1

Windows 98/Me/2000/XP Available

*2

Available

LANWindows 95/98/Me/ NT 4.0/2000/XP

Not Available


10) Check the packages on the screen, and then click the "Start" but-ton.

The software packages to be installed will be displayed on thescreen. If an incorrect package is displayed, click the "Back" but-ton and select the correct packages.

11) The files required for installation of the MFP driver are copied (if"MFP Driver" was selected).

Follow the on-screen instructions.

Caution: If you are running Windows 2000/XP and a warning messageappears regarding the Windows logo test or digital signature,be sure to click "Continue Anyway" or "Yes".

When "The installation of the SHARP software is complete"appears, click the "OK" button.

12) Begin the installation of Button Manager (if "Button Manager" wasselected).


Click the "Finish" button when the message informs you that setupis successful.

The Sharpdesk installer will start.

13) Begin the installation of Sharpdesk (if "Sharpdesk" was selected).


Click the "Finish" button when the message informs you thatSetup is complete.

Caution: In Windows 98/Me/2000, if the following screen appears,click the "Skip" button or the "Continue" button as appropriateto continue the Sharpdesk installation.

If "Skip" is selected, the Sharpdesk installation will continuewithout installing Sharpdesk Imaging.

If "Continue" is selected, Sharpdesk Imaging will be installed.If Imaging for Windows is installed on your computer, Sharp-desk

Imaging will overwrite Imaging for Windows.

14) When the "Finish" screen appears, click the "Close" button.


A message will appear instructing you to connect the machine toyour computer. Click the OK button.

Note:

• If this is a "Standard" installation, the "Finish" screen will appearafter several minutes.

• After the installation, a message prompting you to restart your com-puter may appear. In this case, click the "Yes" button to restart yourcomputer.

15) Make sure that the power of the machine is turned on, and thenconnect the USB cable.

Windows will detect the machine and a Plug and Play screen willappear.

Caution: If the following message appears on your computer screen,close it.

A window regarding "HI-SPEED USB Device" will thenappear. Close the window.

This message appears when the machine's USB 2.0 mode isnot set to "HI-SPEED". For information on switching the USB2.0 mode.

16) Begin installation of the scanner driver.

"SHARP AL-XXXXCS" will appear in the "Found New HardwareWizard" dialog box. Select "Install the software automatically(Recommended)" and click the "Next" button. Follow the on-screen instructions.


Note: A "USB 2.0 Composite Device" installation window may appearprior to this procedure. In this case, follow the instructions in thewindow to install the USB 2.0 Composite Device.

17) Begin installation of the printer driver.

"SHARP AL-XXXXCS" will appear in the "Found New HardwareWizard" dialog box. Select "Install the software automatically(Recommended)" and click the "Next" button. Follow the on-screen instructions.


18) Follow the instructions in the Plug and Play screen that appears inyour version of Windows to begin the installation.

This completes the installation of the software.

• If you installed Button Manager, set up Button Manager as explainedin "SETTING UP BUTTON MANAGER".

(2) Connecting a USB cableFollow the procedure below to connect the machine to your computer.

A USB cable for connecting the machine to your computer is notincluded with the machine. Please purchase the appropriate cable foryour computer.

Caution:

• USB is available with a PC/AT compatible computer that was origi-nally equipped with USB and had Windows 98, Windows Me, Win-dows 2000 Professional, Windows XP Professional or Windows XPHome Edition preinstalled.

• Do not connect the USB cable before installing the MFP driver. TheUSB cable should be connected during installation of the MFPdriver.


Note:

• If the machine will be connected using a USB 2.0 port of your com-puter, please purchase a USB cable that supports USB 2.0.

• The machine's USB port will transfer data at the speed specified bythe USB 2.0 (Hi-Speed) only if the Microsoft USB 2.0 driver is prein-stalled in the computer, or if the USB 2.0 driver for Windows 2000Professional/XP that Microsoft provides through its "WindowsUpdate" Web page is installed.

• To obtain the fastest USB 2.0 data transfer speed, "USB2.0 MODESWITCH" in the machine's user programs must be set to "HI-SPEED". For more information, see "USER PROGRAMS".

• Use the machine's "HI-SPEED" mode only when using a computerthat is running Windows 2000/XP.

• Even when the Microsoft USB 2.0 driver is used, it may not be possi-ble to obtain full USB 2.0 speed if a PC card supporting USB 2.0 isused. To obtain the latest driver (which may enable a higher speed),contact the manufacturer of your PC card.

• Connection is also possible using a USB 1.1 port on your computer.However, the specifications will be USB 1.1 specifications (Full-Speed).

1) Insert the cable into the USB port on the machine.

2) Insert the other end of the cable into your computer's USB port.

(3) Using the machine as a network printerNote:

• Interface cables for connecting the machine to your computer arenot included with the machine. Please purchase the appropriatecable for your computer.

• If you intend to use the machine as a scanner, it must be connectedto your computer with a USB interface cable. The scanner functioncannot be used if the machine is connected with a LAN cable.

• To install the software using a network connection in Windows 95,Internet Explorer version 4.01 or later must be installed on your com-puter. If this is not installed, double-click "My Computer" and thendouble-click the CD-ROM icon. Double-click the "le501" folder, the"EN" folder, and then "ie5setup.exe".

1) Insert the LAN cable into the LAN port on the machine.

Use a network cable that is shielded.

2) Turn on the machine.



In Windows 95/98/Me/NT 4.0/2000, double-click "My Computer",and then double-click the CD-ROM icon.




7) Read the "Readme First" in the "Welcome" window and then clickthe "Next" button.

Note: To set the IP address of the machine, follow the steps below. Ifthe machine is already connected to the network and its IPaddress has been set, go to "LPR (TCP/IP) direct printing".

Set the IP Address

This setting is only required once when using the machine on a net-work.

8) Click the "Set the IP Address" button.

9) The printer or printers connected to the network will be detected.Click the printer to be configured (the machine) and click the "Next"button.

Note:

• The "Ethernet Address" is indicated on the left side of the machinenear the LAN port.

• If the machine is used on a different network after the IP address isset, the machine will not be recognized. Enter the Ethernet Addressand click the "Initialize" button to initialize the IP address. Follow theon-screen instructions to click the "OK" button and then the "Search"button.


10) Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.

The settings in the above window are examples.

Be sure to ask your network administrator for the correct IPaddress, subnet mask, and default gateway to be entered.

Note: When "Get IP Address Automatically" is selected, the IPaddress may at times change automatically. This will preventprinting. In this event, select "Assign IP Address" and enter theIP address.

11) Click the "Next" button.

12) Click the "Yes" button.

Go to step 11.

LPR (TCP/IP) direct printing

After step 1-7.

8) Click the "Printer Driver" button.

If you have not set the IP Address, click the "Set the IP Address"button in first and go to step 8 on "Connecting a USB cable".


10) Select "LPR (TCP/IP) direct printing" and click the "Next" button.

11) The printer or printers connected to the network will be detected.Click the printer to be configured (the machine) and click the"Next" button.

Note: If the machine's IP address cannot be found, make sure themachine is powered on, make sure the network cable isconnected correctly, and then click the "Search" button.

12) In the window for setting the destination print port name, makesure that ":lp" appears at the end of the IP address and click the"Next" button.

Note: Any name can be entered in "Printer Port Name" (maximum of38 characters).

13) A window appears to let you check your entries. Make sure thatthe entries are correct and then click the "Finish" button.

If any of the entries are incorrect, click the "Back" button to returnto the appropriate window and correct the entry.


14) When the model selection window appears, select the modelname of your machine and click the "Next" button.

For the model name of your machine, see the operation panel onthe machine.

Note: A Welcome window may appear before this step. Read themessage in the "Welcome" window and then click the "Next"button.

15) Select whether or not you wish the printer to be your defaultprinter and click the "Next" button.


16) When "This installation of the SHARP software is complete"appears, click the "OK" button.


Note: After the installation, a message prompting you to restart yourcomputer may appear. In this case, click the "Yes" button torestart your computer.


(4) Sharing the printer using windows networkingIf the machine will be used as a shared printer on a network, followthese steps to install the printer driver in the client computer.

Note: To configure the appropriate settings in the print server, see theoperation manual or help file of your operating system.



In Windows 95/98/Me/NT 4.0/2000, double-click "My Computer",and then double-click the CD-ROM icon.




5) Click the "Printer Driver" button.


7) Select "Shared Printer" and click the "Next" button.

8) For the port to be used, select the machine set as a shared printer,and click the "Next" button.

You can also click the "Add Network Port" button and select theprinter to be shared (the machine) by browsing the network in thewindow that appears.

Note: If the shared printer does not appear in the list, check thesettings in the printer server.

9) When the model selection window appears, select model name ofyour machine and click the "Next" button.

For the model name of your machine, see the operation panel onthe machine.

10) Follow the on-screen instructions.


Note: After the installation, a message prompting you to restart yourcomputer may appear. In this case, click the "Yes" button torestart your computer.


C. Setting up button managerButton Manager is a software program that works with the scannerdriver to enable scanning from the machine.

To scan using the machine, Button Manager must be linked with thescan menu on the machine. Follow the steps below to link Button Man-ager to scanner events.

(1) Windows XP1) Click the "start" button, click "Control Panel", click "Printers and

Other Hardware", and then click "Scanners and Cameras".

2) Click the "SHARP AL-XXXXCS" icon and select "Properties" fromthe "File" menu.

3) In the "Properties" screen, click the "Events" tab.


4) Select "SC1:" from the "Select an event" pull-down menu.

5) Select "Start this program" and then select "Sharp Button ManagerB" from the pull-down menu.

6) Click the "Apply" button.

7) Repeat Steps 4 through 6 to link Button Manager to "SC2:" through"SC6:".

Select "SC2:" from the "Select an event" pull-down menu. Select"Start this program", select "Sharp Button Manager B" from the pull-down menu, and then click the "Apply" button. Do the same foreach ScanMenu through "SC6:".

When the settings have been completed, click the "OK" button toclose the screen.

Button Manager is now linked to the scan menu (1 through 6).

The scan settings for each of scan menu 1 through 6 can be changedwith the setting window of Button Manager.

For the factory default settings of the scan menu. For the proceduresfor configuring Button Manager settings, see "Button Manager Set-tings" in the Online Manual.

(2) Windows 98/Me/20001) click the "Start" button, select "Settings", and then click "Control

Panel".

2) Double-click the "Scanners and Cameras" icon.

Note: If the "Scanners and Cameras" icon does not appear inWindows Me, click "view all Control Panel options".

3) Select "SHARP AL-XXXXCS" and click the "Properties" button.

In Windows Me, right click "SHARP AL-XXXXCS" and click "Prop-erties" in the pop-up menu.

4) In the "Properties" screen, click the "Events" tab.

5) Select "SC1:" from the "Scanner events" pull-down menu.

6) Select "Sharp Button Manager B" in "Send to this application".

Note: If other applications are shown, deselect the checkboxes for theother applications and leave only the Button Manager checkboxselected.

7) Click the "Apply" button.

8) Repeat Steps 5 through 7 to link Button Manager to "SC2:" through"SC6:".

Select "SC2:" from the "Scanner events" pull-down menu. Select"Sharp Button Manager B" in "Send to this application" and click the"Apply" button. Do the same for each ScanMenu through "SC6:".

When the settings have been completed, click the "OK" button toclose the screen.

Button Manager is now linked to the scan menu (1 through 6).

The scan settings for each of scan menus 1 through 6 can be changedwith the setting window of Button Manager.

For the factory default settings of the scan menu. For the proceduresfor configuring Button Manager settings, see "Button Manager Set-tings" in the Online Manual.


10. Interface

A. USB

Connector4-pin ACON UBR23-4K2200

Type-B connector

CableShielded twisted pair cable

(2 m (6 feet) Max.: high-speed transmission equivalent)

Pin configurationThe pin numbers and signal names are listed in the following table.

11. Moving

Moving instructionsWhen moving the unit, follow the procedure below.

Note: When moving this unit, be sure to remove the TD cartridge inadvance.

1) Turn the power switch off and remove the power cord from the out-let.

2) Open the side cover and front cover, in that order. Remove the TDcartridge and close the front cover and side cover, in that order.

To open and close the side cover and front cover, and to removethe TD cartridge.

3) Raise the handle of the paper tray and pull the paper tray out until itstops.

4) Push the center of the pressure plate down until it locks in placeand lock the plate using the pressure plate lock which has beenstored in the front of the paper tray.

5) Push the paper tray back into the unit.

6) Lock the scan head locking switch.

Note: When shipping the unit, the scan head locking switch must belocked to prevent shipping damage.

7) Close the multi-bypass tray and the paper output tray extension,and attach the packing materials and tape which were removedduring installation of the unit.

8) Pack the unit into the carton.

B. RJ45RJ-45 connector pin arrangement

Pin No. Signal name1 +5V2 -DATA3 +DATA4 GND

12

3 4

Pin No. Signal name LAN adapter RJ-45 connector1 TD+ Send output +2 TD– Send output -3 RD+ Receive input +6 RD– Receive input -

4, 5, 7, 8 Not used. Not used.

1 8

AL-1651CS COPY PROCESS 6 - 1

[6] COPY PROCESS

1. Functional diagram

(Basic operation cycle)

(20 microns thick)

Aluminum drum

Pigment layer (0.2to 0.3 microns thick)

An OPC drum is used for the photoconductor.(Structure of the OPC drum layers)

OPC layer

Main charger

Laser beam

MG roller

Cleaning blade

Drum

Transfer unit

Resist roller

ExposureMain high voltage unit

Saw tooth Charge

Drum

CleaningCleaning blade

Waste toner box

Paper release Fusing Separation

Heat roller

Heater lamp

Transfer

Transfer charger

Transfer highvoltage unit

Developing

Toner

Developer

Print process

Paper transport route

Semiconductor laser

Manual feed

PS roller

Focus correction lens

Electrode

Synchronizationwith drum

Cassettepaper feed

To facedown tray


2. Outline of print processThis printer is a non-impact printer that uses a semiconductor laserand electrostatic print process. This printer uses an OPC (OrganicPhoto Conductor) for its photoconductive material.First, voltage from the main corona unit charges the drum surface anda latent image is formed on the drum surface using a laser beam. Thislatent image forms a visible image on the drum surface when toner isapplied. The toner image is then transferred onto the print paper by thetransfer corona and fused on the print paper in the fusing section witha combination of heat and pressure.

Step-1: ChargeStep-2: Exposure* Latent image is formed on the drum.Step-3: Developing

Latent image formed on the drum is then changed into visibleimage with toner.

Step-4: TransferThe visible image (toner image) on the drum is transferredonto the print paper.

Step-5: CleaningResidual toner on the drum surface is removed and collectedby the cleaning blade.

Step-6: Optical dischargeResidual charge on the drum surface is removed, bysemiconductor laser beam.

3. Actual print processStep-1: DC charge

A uniform negative charge is applied over the OPC drum surface bythe main charging unit. Stable potential is maintained by means of theScorotron charger. Positive charges are generated in the aluminum layer.

Step-2: Exposure (laser beam, lens)

A Laser beam is generated from the semiconductor laser andcontrolled by the print pattern signal. The laser writes onto the OPCdrum surface through the polygon mirrors and lens. The resistance ofthe OPC layer decreases for an area exposed by the laser beam(corresponding to the print pattern signal). The beam neutralizes thenegative charge. An electrostatic latent image is formed on the drumsurface.

AboutDC5.5KV

( 580V/ 400V)

OPC layerPigmentlayerAluminumdrum

OPC layerPigmentlayerAluminumlayer

Drum surface chargeafter the exposure

Non-image area Image area

Semiconductor laser

Exposure(semiconductor laser)


Step-3: Developing (DC bias)

A bias potential is applied to the MG roller in the two componentmagnetic brush developing method, and the toner is charged negativethrough friction with the carrier.Non-image area of the drum surface charged with negative potentialrepel the toner, whereas the laser exposed portions where no negativecharges exist, attract the toner. As a result, a visible image appears onthe drum surface.

Toner is attracted over the shadowed area because of the developingbias.

Step-4: Transfer

The visible image on the drum surface is transferred onto the printpaper by applying a positive charge from the transfer corona to thebackside of the print paper.

Step-5: Separation

Since the print paper is charged positively by the transfer corona, it isdischarged by the separation corona. The separation corona isconnected to ground.

Step-6: Cleaning

Toner remaining on the drum is removed and collected by the cleaningblade. It is transported to the waste toner collecting section in thecleaning unit by the waste toner transport roller.

S

N

N

:Carrier (Magnetized particle):Toner (Charge negative by friction)(N) (S) Permanent magnet

(provided in three locations)

MG rollerDC400V 8V

About DC 5.2kV


Step-7: Optical discharge (Semiconductor laser)

Before the drum rotation is stopped, the semiconductor laser isradiated onto the drum to reduce the electrical resistance in the OPClayer and eliminate residual charge, providing a uniform state to thedrum surface for the next page to be printed.When the electrical resistance is reduced, positive charges on thealuminum layer are moved and neutralized with negative charges onthe OPC layer.

Charge by the Scorotron charger

Function

The Scorotron charger functions to maintain uniform surface potentialon the drum at all times, It control the surface potential regardless ofthe charge characteristics of the photoconductor.

Basic function

A screen grid is placed between the saw tooth and thephotoconductor. A stable voltage is added to the screen grid tomaintain the corona current on the photoconductor.As the photoconductor is charged by the saw tooth from the maincorona unit, the surface potential increases. This increases the currentflowing through the screen grid. When the photoconductor potentialnears the grid potential, the current turns to flow to the grid so that thephotoconductor potential can be maintained at a stable level.

Process controlling

Function

The print pattern signal is converted into an invisible image by thesemiconductor laser using negative to positive (reversible) developingmethod. Therefore, if the developing bias is added before the drum ischarged, toner is attracted onto the drum. If the developing bias is notadded when the drum is charged, the carrier is attracted to the drumbecause of the strong electrostatic force of the drum.To avoid this, the process is controlled by adjusting the drum potentialand the grid potential of the Scorotron charger.

Basic function

Voltage added to the screen grid can be selected, high and low. Tomake it easily understood, the figure below shows voltage transition atthe developer unit.

Start

1) Because the grid potential is at a low level, the drum potential is atabout -400V. (Carrier may not be attracted though the carrier ispulled towards the drum by the electrostatic force of -400V.

2) Developing bias (-400V) is applied when the photoconductorpotential is switched from LOW to HIGH.

3) Once developing bias (-400V) is applied and the photo conductorpotential rises to HIGH, toner will not be attracted to the drum.

Stop

The reverse sequence takes place.Retaining developing bias at an abnormal occurrence

Function

The developing bias will be lost if the power supply was removedduring print process. In this event, the drum potential slightly abatesand the carrier makes deposits on the drum because of strong staticpower. To prevent this, the machine incorporates a function to retainthe developing bias for a certain period and decrease the voltagegradually against possible power loss.

Basic function

Normally, the developing bias voltage is retained for a certain timebefore the drum comes to a complete stop if the machine should stopbefore completing the normal print cycle. The developing bias can beadded before resuming the operation after an abnormal interruption.Therefore, carrier will not make a deposit on the drum surface.

Semiconductor laser

0START STOP

Print potential

Toner attractpotential

2)

3)

1) Low

4) High Drum potential

Developing bias

Time

AL-1651CS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 1

[7] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS

1. Outline of operationThe outline of operation is described referring to the basic configuration.

(Basic configuration)

(Outline of copy operation)Setting conditions

1) Set copy conditions such as the copy quantity and the copy densitywith the operation section, and press the COPY button. The infor-mation on copy conditions is sent to the MCU.

Image scanning

2) When the COPY button is pressed, the scanner section startsscanning of images. The light from the copy lamp is reflected by the document andpassed through the lens to the CCD.

Photo signal/Electric signal conversion

3) The image is converted into electrical signals by the CCD circuitand passed to the MCU.

Image process

4) The document image signal sent from the CCD circuit is processedunder the revised conditions and sent to the LSU (laser unit) asprint data.

Electric signal/Photo signal (laser beam) conversion

5) The LSU emits laser beams according to the print data.(Electrical signals are converted into photo signals.)

6) The laser beams are radiated through the polygon mirror and vari-ous lenses to the OPC drum.

Printing

7) Electrostatic latent images are formed on the OPC drum accordingto the laser beams, and the latent images are developed to be visi-ble images(toner images).

8) Meanwhile the paper is fed to the image transfer section in syn-chronization with the image lead edge.

9) After the transfer of toner images onto the paper, the toner imagesare fused to the paper by the fusing section. The copied paper isdischarged onto the exit tray.

(Outline of printer operation)The print data sent from the PC are passed through the I/F and theMCU to the LSU. The procedures after that are the same as above 5)and later.

(Outline of scanner operation)The scan data are passed through the MCU and the I/F to the PCaccording to the conditions requested by the PC or set by the opera-tions with the operation panel.

Operationsection

Scanner section

CCD

MCU (Main control/image process section) Printer/Scanner I/F USB or Network

PC

Note: The scanner function is effectiveonly by USB connection.Network is for print only.

Laser beamPaper exit

Fusing section

Paper transport section

Manual paperfeed section

Cassette paperfeed section

Printer section

LSU (Laser unit)Laser diode, Polygon mirror lens

Process section


2. Scanner sectionA. Scanner unitThe scanner unit in the digital copier scans images.

It is composed of the optical unit and the drive unit. The optical unitperforms scanning in the main scan direction with the light receivingelements (color CCD). The drive unit performs scanning in the subscanning direction by moving the optical unit.

B. Optical systemTwo white lamps are used as the light source.

Light radiated from the light source is applied to the document on thedocument table. The reflected light from the document is reflected 5times by No. 1 - No. 3 mirrors and passed through the reduction lens toform images on the light-receiving surface of 3-line CCD.

The light-receiving surface of the color CCD is provided with 3 linescanning sections for RGB. Separate images scanned in each colorsection are overlapped to complete color scanning. (When PC scan-ning)

The resolution is 600dpi.

When copying, only the green component is used to print with theprinter.

The color component for printing can be switched to red or blue by theservice test command.

(Spectrum characteristics of the lamp)

(Spectrum characteristics of the color CCD)

(Optical unit)

C. Drive systemThe drive system is composed of the scanner motor, the pulley gear,the idle pulley, the idle gear, the belt 473, the belt 190, and the shaft.

The motor rotation is converted into reciprocated movements of thebelt 473 through the idle gear, the pulley gear, the belt 190, and theidle pulley to drive the optical unit.

MBVM26W25W260NLH/G

0.00E+00

1.00E-01

2.00E-01

3.00E-01

4.00E-01

5.00E-01

6.00E-01

0 200 400 600 800Wave length (nm)

Inte

nsity

of U

V

Lamp : MBVM26W25W260NLH/GLamp current : 5mATemp. : 25 degree

1 Table glass 2 Optical unit 3 Lens4 Mirror 1 5 Mirror 2 6 Mirror 37 CCD PWB 8 Lamp 9 Reflector

1

98

10 8

9

7

35 4

2

6

1 Scanner motor 2 Pulley gear 3 Idle pulley4 Belt 473 5 Belt 190 6 Optical unit7 Shaft 8 Idle gear 9

7

3 4 6 2 8 5

1

3


3. Laser unitThe image data sent from the MCU (image process circuit) is sent tothe LSU (laser unit), where it is converted into laser beams.

A. Basic structureThe LSU unit is the writing section of the digital optical system.

The semiconductor laser is used as the light source, and images areformed on the OPC drum by the polygon mirror and fθ lens, etc.

The laser beams are passed through the collimator lens, the cylindricallens, the polygon mirror, the fθ lens, and the mirror to form images onthe OPC drum in the main scanning direction. The laser emitting PWBis provided with the APC (auto power control) in order to eliminate fluc-tuations in the laser power. The BD PWB works for measurement ofthe laser writing start point.

Makes the laser scanning speeds at both ends of the drum same aseach other.

B. Laser beam path

C. CompositionEffective scanning width: 216mm (max.)

Resolution: 600dpi

Beam diameter: 75um in the main scanning direction, 80um in the subscanning direction

Image surface power: 0.17 ±0.01mW (Laser wavelength 770 - 795nm)

Polygon motor section: Brushless motor 31,180rpmNo. of mirror surfaces: 4 surfaces

4. Fuser sectionNo Component Function1 Semiconductor laser Generates laser beams.2 Collimator lens Converges laser beams in parallel.3 CY lens Converges laser beams onto the

polygon mirror surface. 4 Polygon mirror,

polygon motorReflects laser beams at a constant rpm.(A four-surfaces polygon mirror is used.)

5 BD (Mirror, lens, PWB)

Detects start timing of laser scanning.

6 fθ lens Converges laser beams at a spot on the drum.Makes the laser scanning speeds at both ends of the drum same as each other. (Refer to the figure below.)

2

5

3

6

4 1

a ≠ b ≠ ca b c

d = e = fd e f

fθ LENS


A. General descriptionGeneral block diagram (cross section)

Top view

(1) Heat rollerA Teflon roller is used for the heat roller and a silicone rubber roller isused for the lower heat roller for better toner fusing performance andpaper separation.

(2) Separator pawlThree separator pawls are used on the upper heat roller. The separa-tor pawls are Teflon coated to reduce friction with the roller and preventa smear on the paper caused by the separator pawl.

(3) Thermal control1) The heater lamp, thermistor, main PWB, DC power supply PWB,

and triac within the power supply unit are used to control thetemperature in the fuser unit.To prevent against abnormally high temperature in the fuser unit, athermal breaker and thermal fuse are used for safety purposes.

2) The surface temperature of the upper heat roller is set to 165 -190°C. The surface temperature during the power save mode isset to 100°C.

3) The self-check function comes active when one of the followingmalfunctions occurs, and an "H" is displayed on the multicopywindow.

a. When the heat roller surface temperature rises above 240°C.

b. When the heat roller surface temperature drops below 100°C duringthe copy cycle.

c. Open thermistor

d. Open thermal fuse

e. When the heat roller temperature does not reach 190°C within 27second after supplying the power.

(4) Fusing resistorFusing resistor

This model is provided with a fusing resistor in the fusing section toimprove transfer efficiency.

Since the upper heat roller is conductive, when using copy paper thatcontains moisture and the distance between the transfer unit and thefusing unit is short, the transfer current may find a path to ground viathe copy paper, the upper heat roller and the discharging brush.

5. Paper feed section and paper transport section

A. Paper transport path and general operations

Paper feed is made in two ways; the tray paper feed and the manualpaper feed. The tray is of universal-type, and has the capacity of 250sheets.

The front loading system allows you to install or remove the tray fromthe front cabinet.

The general descriptions on the tray paper feed and the manual paperfeed operation are given below.

Separator pawl

PPD2

Thermal fuse

Thermistor

Heat roller

Paper guide

Pressure roller

Heat rollerThermistor

Thermal fuse

Heater lamp

Separator pawl

Safety device(thermal breaker, thermalfuse)

Triac (in thepower supply unit)

Heated by the heater lamp. (950W)

The surface temperatureof the upper heat roller issensed by the thermistor.

Level of the thermistor iscontrolled by the main PWB.

With the signal from themain PWB, the triac iscontrolled on and off.(power supply PWB)

1 Scanner unit 8 Drum

2 Copy lamp 9 Transfer unit

3 LSU (Laser unit) 10 Pickup roller4 Paper exit roller 11 Manual paper feed tray

5 Main charger 12 Manual paper feed roller

6 Heat roller 13 PS roller unit

7 Pressure roller 14 Paper feed roller

1

2534

6

78910

11121314


(1) Cassette paper feed operation1) The figure below shows the positions of the pick-up roller, the

paper feed clutch sleeve, and the paper feed latch in the initialstate without pressing the COPY button after lighting the readylamp.The paper feed latch is in contact with the projection of the clutchsleeve.

2) When the COPY button is pressed, the main drive motor startsrotating to drive each drive gear.The pick-up drive gear also is driven at that time. Since, however,the paper feed latch is in contact with the projection of the clutchsleeve, rotation of the drive gear is not transmitted to the pick-uproller, which does not rotate therefore.

3) After about 0.1 sec from when the main motor start rotating, thetray paper feed solenoid (PFS) turns on for a moment.This disengages the paper feed latch from the projection of theclutch sleeve, transmitting rotation of the pick-up drive gear to thepaper feed roller shaft, rotating the pick-up roller to feed the paper.

4) After more than half rotation of the pick-up roller, the paper feedlatch is brought in contact with a notch on the clutch sleeve,stopping rotation of the pick-up roller.

5) At this time, the paper is fed passed the paper entry detectionswitch (PPD1), and detected by it. After about 0.15 sec fromdetection of paper by PPD1, the tray paper feed solenoid (PFS)turns on so that the clutch sleeve projection comes into contactwith the paper feed latch to stop the pick-up roller. Then the pick-up roller rotates for about 0.15 sec so that the lead edge of thepaper is evenly pressed on the resist roller, preventing againstskew feeding.

6) To release the resist roller, the tray paper feed solenoid and theresist solenoid are turned on by the paper start signal to disengagethe resist start latch from the clutch sleeve, transmitting rotation ofthe resist drive gear to the resist roller shaft. Thus the paper istransported by the resist roller.

7) After the resist roller starts rotating, the paper is passed throughthe pre-transfer guide to the transfer section. Images aretransferred on the paper, which is separated from the OPC drumby the drum curve and the separation section.

8) The paper separated from the drum is passed through the fusingpaper guide, the heat roller (fusing section), POD (paper outdetector) to the copy tray.

OFF

PFS

OFF

RRS

OFF

PFS

OFF

RRS

ON

PFS

OFF

RRS

OFF

PFS

ON

RRS


(2) Manual multi paper feed operation1) Before paper feed operation, the manual paper feed solenoid

(MPFS) is turned OFF as shown in the figure below.

2) When the PRINT button is pressed, the manual paper feedsolenoid (MPFS) turns on to disengage the manual paper feedlatch.A from the manual paper feed clutch sleeve A, rotating the manualpaper feed roller and the manual take-up roller. At the same time,the manual paper feed stopper opens and the manual take-uproller is pressed to the surface of the paper to start paper feeding.

3) When pawl C of the manual paper feed clutch sleeve is engagedwith the manual feed latch, the manual feed stopper falls and themanual take-up roller rises. At that time, the manual paper feedroller is rotating.

4) The lead edge of the transported paper is pressed on the resistroller by the transport roller. Then the paper is stopped temporarilyto allow synchronization with the lead edge of the image on theOPC drum.From this point, the operation is the same as the paper feedoperation from the tray. (Refer to A-5 - 8.)

5) The solenoid turns off to close the gate and return to the initialstate.

OFMPFS

F

C A

ON

MPFS

A

C

ON

MPFS

A

C

OF

MPFS

F

A

C


(3) Conditions of occurrence of paper misfeeda. When the power is turned on:

PPD or POD is ON when the power is turned on.

b. Copy operation

6. Process unit new drum detection mechanism

1) When the power is turned on, the detection gear 38T is rotated inthe arrow direction by the detection gear 20T to push the micro-switch (process detection switch) installed to the machine sensorcover, making a judgement as a new drum.

2) When the detection gear 38T turns one rotation, there is no gearany more and it stops.The latch section of the 38T gear is latched and fixed with theprojection of the process cover.

7. RSPF sectionA. OutlineThe RSPF (Reverse Single Path Feeder) is installed to the AL-1651CSas a standard provision, and it automatically copies up to 30 sheets ofdocuments of a same size. (Only one set of copies)

B. Document transport path and basic composition

a PPD1 jam PPD1 does not turn off within 4 sec after turning on the resist roller.

b PPD2 jam PPD2 is off immediately after turning on the resist roller.

PPD2 does not turn off within 1.2 sec after turning off the resist roller.

c POD jam POD does not turn on within 2.9 sec after turning on the resist roller.

POD does not turn off within 1.5 sec - 2.7 sec after turning off PPD2.

Gear 20T

Process detection switch

Gear 38T

1 Pickup roller 2 Sheet of document for paper feed3 Set detection ACT 4 Paper stopper5 Document feed roller 6 Separation sheet7 Paper entry sensor 8 PS roller D9 Transport follower roller 10 Paper exit roller

11 Paper exit follower roller 12 Document tray13 Switch gate

Gear notch

Gear pawl

Projection

Gear notch

Gear pawl

Projection

1 43 5 6 712

8 921113 10


C. Operational descriptions

D. Cases where a document jam is caused1) When SPPD is ON (document remaining) when the power is

turned on.

2) When SPPD is not turned ON within about 1.5 sec (at 100% copy)after starting the document feed operation.

3) When SPPD is not turned on within about 4.7 sec (at 100% copy)after turning on SPPD.

4) When the SPF document jam release door or the OC cover isopened during document transport (SPF motor rotating).

E. RSPF (SPF) open/close detection (book document detection)

RSPF (SPF) open/close detection (book document) detection is per-formed by detecting the interval between the reference lines on thewhite Mylar attached to the paper exit guide (document scanning sec-tion) by the scanner (CCD) and detecting the varied quantity.

8. D-D (Duplex to Duplex) mode paper/document transport (Duplex model)

A. Initial stateSet duplex documents on the document tray.

Set paper on the cassette. (In the duplex mode, the manual feed traycannot be selected.)

B. Front copyDocument transport:

The document feed roller feeds the document from the paper feedroller to the PS roller.

• The document is exposed in the exposure section, and sent to thedocument exit section

• by the transport/paper exit roller.

• R-SPF gate solenoid ON

• The document is sent to the intermediate tray.(but not discharged completely.)

• The document is stopped once, then switchback operation isperformed. (To the back copy)

Paper transport:

The document is passed through the paper feed roller and the PSroller by the paper feed roller

and the images on the front surface are transferred.

• The paper is passed through the fusing section and the lower side ofthe gate section to the paper exit tray side, (but not dischargedcompletely.)

• It is stopped once and switchback operation is performed.(To the back copy)

SPID ON

PSW ON

MIRM rotation

MM rotation

CPFS ON

SPFM rotation

SPUS ON

Document set

Document set sensor

Document feed unit lamp ON

PPD ON

RRC ON SPPD ON

POD ON

Copy start

The scanner is shiftedto the exposure position.

(Copier side)

Main motor rotation

Paper feed

Synchronization

(Transfer)

(Fusing) (Document exit)

Paper transport

(Exposure)

In the zooming mode, the magnification ratio in the sub scanning direction (paper transport direction) is adjustedby changing the document transport speed.

(Paper exit)

SPF motor rotation

Document feed

Document transport sensor

Document transport

(SPF side)

Time chart (Tray feed)

752msec

625msec

756msec

PSW

MIRR M

SPF M

CL

SPUSSPPD

SCANST

MAIN M

CPFS1

RRSPPD1

PPD2

POD

BA

B

AA - B = Varied quantity of pixels

(pixel)

(Floating)

(White Mylar)

(CCD)

Reference line Reference line


C. Back copyDocument transport:

By switchback operation, the document is sent through the PS roller tothe exposure section, where the back of the document is exposed.

• It is sent to the document exit section by the transport roller and thepaper exit roller.

• R-SPF gate solenoid ON. The document is sent to the intermediatetray, (but not discharged completely.)

• It is stopped once and switchback operation is performed.

• It is sent through the PS roller and the exposure section (withoutexposure operation) to the document exit section.

• R-SPF gate solenoid OFF

• The document is discharged to the document exit tray.

Paper transport:

Switchback operation is performed.

• The paper is sent through the upper side of the gate section and theduplex transport section, and the PS roller, and the images on theback are transferred.

• It is sent through the fusing section and discharged to the paper exittray.

Switchback operation is made after back copying in order to dischargedocuments according to the setting.

Set document Documents after discharge,

There are following job modes as well as D-D mode.

S - S (Simplex to Simplex)

S - D (Simplex to Duplex),

Rotation copy mode (The back images are rotated 180°C.)

S - D (Simplex to Duplex), Copy mode without rotation

D - S (Duplex to Simplex)

Rotation copy mode:

The front and the back are in upside down each other.

Copy mode without rotation:

The front and the back are not in upside down.

9. Shifter

Shift width: 2.5cm

The offset function by the shifter is turned ON/OFF by the user pro-gram.

According to the setting, offset operation is performed for every job.(Default: ON)

1 with empty feed

4without empty feed

32 3 43 2 14 1 2

AL-1651CS DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 1

[8] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

The disassembly and assembly procedures are described for the fol-lowing sections:

1. High voltage section

2. Operation panel section

3. Optical section

4. Fusing section

5. Tray paper feed/transport section

6. Manual paper feed section

7. Rear frame section

8. Power section

9. Duplex motor section

10. Reverse roller section

11. RSPF section

1. High voltage sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure1) Press the side cover open/close button and open the side cover.

2) Push up the lock pawls (2 positions) of the side cover, and removethe transfer charger.

C. Assembly procedureFor assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.

D. Charger wire cleaning1) Remove the charger cleaner from the manual paper feed unit.

Before disassembly, be sure to disconnect the power cord for safety.1. Do not disconnect or connect the connector and the har-

ness during the machine is powered. Especially be carefulnot to disconnect or connect the harness between the MCUPWB and the LSU (MCU PWB: CN20) during the machine ispowered. (If it is disconnected or connected during themachine is powered, the IC inside the LSU will bedestroyed.)

2. To disconnect the harness after turning on the power, besure to turn off the power and wait for at least 10 sec beforedisconnection. (Note that a voltage still remains immedi-ately after turning off the power.)

No. Part name Ref.1 Transfer charger unit2 Charger wire

1)

2)

2)

1)

1)

Lock pawl rear

Lock pawl rear

Transfercharger

1)


2) Set the charger cleaner to the transfer unit, and move it recipro-cally a few times in the direction of the arrow shown in the figurebelow.

E. Charger wire replacement1) Remove the TC cover and remove the screw.

2) Remove the spring and remove the charger wire.

3) Install a new charger wire by reversing the procedures (1) and (2).At that time, be careful of the following items.

• The rest of the charger wire must be within 1.5mm. Refer to Fig.1

• The spring hook section (charger wire winding section) must be inthe range of the projection section.

• Be careful not to twist the charger wire.

2. Operation panel sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure1) Open the side door, and Open the front cover.

2) Remove the screws (4 pcs.), the harness, and the operation panelunit.

1)

2)

3)4)

1mm

1.5mm

Fig.1

1)

1)

2)

3)

Charger wire

Protrusion

No. Part name Ref.

1 Operation panel unit2 Operation PWB

1)

2)

1)

1)

1)

1)

2)

3)


3) Remove four screws, and remove the operation cabinet.

4) Remove four screws, and remove the operation PWB.

C. Assembly procedureFor assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure

3. Optical sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure1) Remove four screws, and remove the rear cabinet and the rear

cabinet cover.

2) Remove the connector and the clamp, and remove the RSPF unit.

3) Remove the four screws, remove the operation unit, and discon-nect the connector.

4) Remove the right cabinet.

5) Remove the left cabinet.

6) Remove the screw, and remove the rear cover.

7) Remove the table glass.

NO. Part name Ref.

1 Copy lamp unit

2 Copy lamp3 Lens unit

1)

1)

1)4)

1)

3)

3)

2)

Note that there are 9 pawls

1)

1)

1)1)

2)

2)

4)

1)

3)

2)

1)

1)

2)

4)

5)

6)

7)

8)

1)

1)

3)


8) Move the carriage to the position indicated on the figure.

9) Loosen the screw which is fixing the tension plate.

10) Move the tension plate in the arrow direction to release the ten-sion, and remove the belt.

11) Remove the screw, and remove the rod stopper.

12) Remove the rod.

13) Lift the rear side of the carriage, remove the belt and the connec-tor, and remove the carriage.

C. Assembly procedure

CCD core1) Pass the core through the CCD-MCU harness.

2) Insert the CCD-MCU harness into the CCD PWB connector of thecarriage unit.

3) Move the core which was passed through the CCD-MCU harnessnear the CCD PWB connector as shown in the figure below, and fixit with a filament tape (19mm wide, 40mm long). For the attach-ment reference, refer to the figure below. Clean and remove oilfrom the attachment section.

4) Attach the CCD-MCU harness to the duplex tape on the back ofthe carriage unit.

5) Attach the PWB holder to the position specified in the figure below.

6) Pass the core through the FFC and the PWB holder, and fix thecore.1)

2) 4)

3)

1)2)

3)

1)

2)

4)

3)

Note: Attach the FCC to the base plate securely with duplex tape to prevent against coming loose.

Note: Attach the FCC to fit with the marking line. Marking line.


4. Fusing sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure1) Remove the connectors (3 pcs.) of the rear cabinet.

2) Open the side cover, remove two screws, and remove the fusingunit.

3) Cut the binding band, remove the screw, and remove the ther-mistor.

4) Remove the screw and remove the U-turn guide.

Pressure roller section disassembly5) Remove the three screws, remove the fusing cover lower on the

right side, and open the heat roller section.

6) Remove the screw and remove the PPD2 sensor.

No. Part name Ref.

1 Thermistor2 PPD2 sensor

3 Heater lamp

4 Pressure roller

5 Heat roller

1)

2)

3)

2)

1)

2)

3)Thermistor

1)

2)

1)

5)

5)

6)

6)

4)3)2)

1)

2)PPD2 sensor


7) Remove the plate spring on the right and remove the heater lamp.

8) Remove the spring and remove the separation pawls (3 pcs.).

9) Remove the E-ring and remove the reverse gate.

10) Remove the pressure release levers on the right and the left sides.

11) Remove the pressure roller, the pressure bearing, and the spring.

Note: Apply grease to the sections specified with an asterisk (*).Grease: “JFE552” UKOG-0235FCZZ

Heat roller disassembly

(Continued from procedure (4).)

5) Remove screws, remove the fusing cover, and open the heat rollersection.

1)

2)

Heater lamp

3)

1)

2)

2)

1)

3)

1)

1)

1)

2)

2)

1)

3)

3)

Pressure roller

1)

2)

2)

3)

3)


6) Remove the C-ring and the fusing bearing, and remove the heatroller.

7) Remove the parts from the heat roller.

Note: Apply grease to the sections specified with ∗1.Grease: “JFE552” UKOG-0235FCZZ

8) Remove two screws and remove the thermo unit.


5. Tray paper feed/transport sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure1) Remove the paper holding arm.

Remove the arm holder from the main unit, and remove the holderfrom the arm.

2) Remove the two screws, and remove the hinge guide R.

3) Remove the fan duct and disconnect the connector. (2 positions)

4) Remove the six screws, and remove the scanner unit.

1)2) 3) Heat roller

3)2)

1)

1

1

2

Apply grease "GU-2" (UKOG-0255FCZZ) to the fusing gear surface ∗2.

1)

2)

3)

No. Part name Ref.

1 Paper holding arm2 PPD1 sensor PWB

3 LSU unit

4 Intermediate frame unit

5 Paper feed roller

3)

1)

2)

2)

4)

5)5)

5) 5)

5)

4)

4)

2)

1)

1)

6)

5)

3)


5) Disconnect the connector from the MCU PWB.

6) Disengage the pawls (2 positions), and remove the sensor PWB.

7) Remove the screw, and open the upper paper guide.

8) Remove the roller, and remove the belt.

9) Disengage the pawl, and remove the roller knob.

10) Disengage the pawl, and shift the pulley and the bearing.

11) Remove the paper exit roller, and remove the belt, the pulley, andthe bearing.

12) Disconnect the connectors.

13) Remove the three screws, and remove the MCU PWB.

1)

2)

3)

1)1)

2)

1)

2)

1)

2)3)

4)

1)2)

1)

1)

1)

2)

2)

2)

3)


14) Remove two screws and remove the toner motor.

15) Remove the three screws, and remove the DUP motor unit and thebelt.

16) Remove the harness guide.

17) Remove the five screws and the grounding wire, and remove themain drive unit.

18) Remove the parts as shown below, and remove the pressurerelease solenoid and the paper feed solenoid.

1)

2)

1)

1)

2) 3)

1)

2)

1)

1)

1)

CAUTION:Attach the gears securely

3)

3)

1)

1)

2)

2)

4)

4)


19) Remove each pawl, and remove the paper exit tray.

20) Remove two screws and remove the fusing connector.

21) Remove five screws and the connector, and lift the intermediateframe unit to remove.

22) Remove the four screws, and remove the lower paper guide unit.

[Note for installation]

Fit the lower paper guide hole (a) with the shifter gear hole (b) sothat the black resin (c) of the shifter unit can be checked.

23) Disengage the pawl, and remove the pulley.

24) Shift and remove the shifter unit.

25) Remove the screw, and remove the grounding plate and the gear.

26) Remove the E-ring, the gear, and the bearing, and remove theshifter roller.

2)4)

1)

3)

2)

2)

3)

3)

3)

3)

1)

4)

1)

1)1)1)

2)

abc

1)

2)

3)

3)

4)

1)

2)

3)


27) Put the lower paper guide unit upside down, remove the twoscrews, and remove the shifter motor.

28) Remove the four screws, and remove the LSU.

Note: When assembling, turn it to the right and attach.

29) Remove the screw and the E-ring, and remove the PS semi-circu-lar earth plate and the PS roller unit.

30) Remove the E-ring and remove the spring clutch from the PS rollerunit.

31) Remove three screws and remove the TC front paper guide.

1)

2)

1)

1)

1)

2)

5)

4)

4)

1)

2)

3)

PS roller unit

PS semi-circulerearth plate

5)

4)

4)

1)

2)

3)

PS semi-circularearth plate

Use grease of Floil FG40H only to apply to this section.

1)

2)


32) Remove the screw and the connector, and remove the PPD1 sen-sor PWB.

33) Remove two E-rings and remove the paper feed roller.

34) Remove three E-rings and remove the clutch unit.

35) Remove the semi-circular roller unit.

36) Remove the semi-circular rubber.


6. Manual paper feed sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure

Multi unit1) Remove the screw and remove the multi upper cover.

1)

2)

4)

5)

1)

2)

3)

4)

Back

Front

Clutch unit

Paper feedroller

No. Part name Ref.

1 Manual transport roller

2 Cassette detection switch

3 PPD1 sensor PWB

4 Side door detection unit

2)

1)1)

2)

1)


2) Remove the screw and remove the side door detection unit.

3) Remove three screws and remove the multi paper feed upperframe.

4) Remove two screws and remove the multi feed bracket unit fromthe multi paper feed upper frame.

5) Remove three E-rings and remove the manual paper feed rollerB9.

1)

2)

Back Wire treatment

1)

2)

1)

2)

2)

1) 1)

2)

1) 1)

1)

3)

L O C K

TO

K


6) Remove the pick-up roller.

7) Cut the binding band and remove the multi paper feed solenoid.


D. Pressure plate holder attachment1) Attach the pressure plate holder so that the resin section is not

covered with the seal M1-N.

7. Rear frame sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure1) Remove four screws, and remove the rear cabinet and the rear

cabinet cover.

2)

1)

1)

2)3)Multi paper feedsolenoid

No. Part name Ref.1 Mirror motor

2 Main motor

3 Exhaust fan motor

Pressure plateholder

Seal M1-N

Attachmentreference

Attachmentreference

1)

1)

1)1)

2)

2)


2) Disconnect the connector.

3) Remove two screws, and remove the scanner motor.

4) Remove two screws and one harness, and remove the mainmotor.

5) Remove two screws and one connector, and remove the exhaustfan motor.

Note: Be careful of the installing directions of the fan.Attach it so that the blowing direction faces outside.


8. Power sectionA. List

B. Disassembly procedure1) Disconnect each connector.

2) Remove the screw, and remove the earth line.

3) Remove two screws, and remove the power PWB unit.


9. Duplex motor section (RSPF model only)A. Remove the rear cabinet.1) Remove four screws.

2) Remove the rear cabinet.

B. Remove the main PWB.1) Disconnect the connector.

2) Remove the two screws, and remove the NIC PWB.

1)

3)

2)

1)

2)

3)

1)

2)

3)

Blowing direction

No. Part name Ref.

1 Power PWB

1) 1)1)

1)

2)

3)

4)

4)5)

1)

2)

2)

3)

1)


3) Disconnect the connector.

4) Remove the two screws, and remove the NIC PWB unit.

5) Disconnect the connectors.

6) Remove the five screws, and remove the MCU PWB.

C. Remove the Duplex motor.1) Remove two screws.

2) Remove the Duplex motor cover.

3) Remove the Duplex motor.

Note: When reassembling, be sure to engage the Duplex motor gearwith the belt on the main body side.

10.Reverse roller section (RSPF model only)

A. Remove the reverse unit.1) Remove four screws

2) Remove the spring, and the earth wire

3) Remove the reverse unit.

B. Remove the reverse roller.1) Bend the reverse roller and remove it.

2)

2)

3)

3)

1)

1)

1)

1)

2)

2)

3)

2)

2)

2)

12

3

1

1

2

3

1


11.RSPF section (RSPF model only)A. RSPF

(1) Remove the rear cabinet.1) Remove four screws.

2) Remove the rear cabinet.

(2) Remove the RSPF.1) Remove the connector and the cable.

2) Remove the RSPF.

B. Intermediate tray1) Remove the intermediate tray.

C. Upper cover1) Remove four screws from the bottom of the main body.

2) Remove the upper cover.

D. Pickup unit1) Remove the belt, the paper feed frame spring, and two harnesses.

2) Remove the pickup unit.

Note: When reassembling, be careful of the hole position for the paperfeed frame spring.

1

2

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

2

1

1


E. Upper cover of the pickup unit.1) Remove two screws from the bottom of the pickup unit.

2) Remove the upper cover.

F. Sensor PWB1) Remove two screws.

2) Remove the sensor PWB.

3) Remove the harness.

G. Pickup solenoid1) Remove two screws.

2) Remove the pickup solenoid.

Note: When reassembling, hang the iron core on the solenoid arm.

H. Clutch

(1) Remove the clutch unit.1) Remove the E-ring.

2) Remove the pulley and the bush.

3) Slide the bush in the arrow direction.

4) Lift the clutch pawl.

5) Remove the clutch unit.

1

2

1

11

2

3

12

A

1

5

2

43


(2) Remove the clutch1) Remove the E-ring.

2) Remove the parts.

I. Manual paper feed roller, pickup roller

(1) Remove the pickup unit.1) Lift the paper stopper.

2) Slide the take-up roller unit.

3) Slide the bushing in the arrow direction.

4) Remove the take-up roller.

Note: When reassembling, hang the convex portion of the roller uniton the solenoid arm.

(2) Remove the Manual paper feed roller, pickup roller.1) Remove the parts.

2) Remove the manual paper feed roller.

3) Remove the pickup roller.


J. Transport unit removal1) Disconnect the connector, and cut the binding band.

2) Remove two screws, and remove the document tray unit.

3) Remove five screws, and remove the transport unit.

1

2

1

42

3

A

1

2

31

1

4

3

4

5

1

3

5

55

6

2


K. Belt 11) Remove the belt.

L. Belt 21) Remove three screws.

2) Remove the drive unit.

3) Remove the belt.

Note: When reassembling, hang the belt on the boss.

M. SPF motor1) Remove the harness.

2) Remove two screws.

3) Remove the SPF motor.

N. Solenoid1) Remove the harness.

2) Remove two screws.

3) Remove the solenoid.

O. Clutch1) Cut the band with nippers.


3) Remove the clutch.

1

12

3

1

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

1

2

3


P. Paper supply roller

(1) Remove the parts.1) Remove the two screws.


(2) Remove the paper supply roller.1) Loosen the screw.

2) Open the paper exit paper guide.


4) Remove the paper supply roller.

Q. Paper entry sensor1) Loosen the screw.


3) Remove the paper entry sensor.


R. Transport roller 1.

(1) Remove the parts.1) Remove the parts.

1

21

2 1

3

3

4

1

4

2

3

1

1

1


(2) Remove the parts.1) Loosen the screw.



(3) Remove the transport roller.1) Remove the paper exit paper guide.

2) Remove the transport roller.

S. Paper exit roller

(1) Remove the parts.1) Remove two screws.


(2) Remove the paper feed paper guide upper.1) Remove two screws.

2) Remove the paper feed paper guide upper.

12

3

1

2

1

1

2

1

2


(3) Remove the paper exit roller.1) Remove the parts.

2) Remove the paper exit roller.

T. Solenoid

(1) Remove the reverse gate1) Remove the ring

2) Remove the reverse gate

Note: When reassembling, be careful of the groove and the holepositions of the spring.

Note: When reassembling, hang 2) on the solenoid.

(2) Remove the solenoid.1) Remove the screw.

2) Remove the solenoid.

1

1

2

1

2

1

2

AL-1651CS ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 1

[9] ADJUSTMENTS

1. Optical section

A. Copy magnification ratio adjustmentThe copy magnification ratio must be adjusted in the main scanningdirection and in the sub scanning direction. To adjust, use TC 48-01.

(1) OutlineThe main scanning (front/rear) direction magnification ratio adjustmentis made manually.

The adjustment is made by manual key operations. (The zoom dataregister set value is changed for adjustment.)

The magnification ratio in the sub scanning direction is adjusted bychanging the carriage (scanner) scanning speed.

(2) Main scanning/sub scanning direction magnification ratio adjustment

a. Cases when the adjustment is required

1) When the main PWB is replaced.

2) When the EEPROM in the main PWB is replaced.

3) When "U2" trouble occurs.

4) When repairing or replacing the optical section.

b. Necessary tools

• Scale

c. Main scanning direction adjustment procedure

1) Set the scale vertically on the document table. (Use a long scalefor precise adjustment.)

2) Set the copy magnification ratio to 100%.

3) Make a copy on A4 or 81/2" x 11" paper.

4) Measure the length of the copied scale image.

5) Calculate the main scanning direction magnification ratio. Main scanning direction magnification ratio

6) Check that the copy magnification ratio is within the specifiedrange. If it is not within the specified range, perform the followingprocedures.

7) Execute TC 48-01 to select the main scanning direction copymagnification ratio adjustment mode.To select the adjustment mode, use the [←/→] key.

8) Enter the new set value of main scanning direction copymagnification ratio with the copy quantity set key, and press the[START] key.

9) Change the set value and repeat the adjustment until the ratio iswithin the specified range.When the set value is changed by 1, the magnification ratio ischanged by 0.1%.

d. Sub scanning direction adjustment procedure

1) Set the scale on the document table as shown below. (Use a longscale for precise adjustment.)

=Copy image dimensions

X 100 (%)Original dimension

ModeDisplay

itemDefault value

LED

Main scan direction magnification ratio

F-R 50 PRINT mode lamp

OC mode sub scan direction magnification ratio

SCAN 50 SCAN mode lamp

100 110 120 130 150140mm1/2mm

JAPAN

HARDENEDSTAINLESS

Shizuoka

100 110 120 130 150140mm1/2mm

JAPAN

HARDENEDSTAINLESS

Shizuoka

110

10 20

10 20

(When a 100mm scale is used as the original.)

Paper feeddirection

Reference Comparison point

Original (Scale)

Copy


2) Set the copy magnification ratio to 100%.

3) Make a copy on A4 or 81/2" x 11" paper.

4) Measure the length of the copied scale image.

5) Calculate the sub scanning direction copy magnification ratiousing the formula below.

6) Check that the actual copy magnification ratio is within thespecified range. (100 ± 1.0%).If it is not within the specified range, perform the followingprocedures.

7) Execute TC 48-01 to select the sub scanning direction copymagnification ratio adjustment mode.To select the adjustment mode, use the [←/→] key. (SCAN modelamp ON)

8) Enter the new set value of sub scanning direction copymagnification ratio with the copy quantity set key, and press the[START] key.

Repeat procedures 1) - 8) until the sub scanning direction actual copymagnification ratio in 100% copying is within the specified range.

When the set value is changed by 1, the magnification ration ischanged by 0.1%.

B. Image position adjustmentThe employed test commands and the contents are as follows:

The modes can be selected by pressing [←/→] key.

(*): Support for the installation models. For non-installation models,skip.

* In the 2nd print center offset adjustment, print is made forcibly as1to2/Long Edge from OC regardless of duplex setting.

(1) Lead edge adjustment1) Set a scale to the center of the paper lead edge guide as shown

below, and cover it with B4 or 8 1/2" x 14" paper.

2) Execute TC 50 - 01

3) Set the print start position (A: COPY mode lamp ON), the leadedge void amount (B: PRINT mode lamp ON), the scan start posi-tion (C: SCAN mode lamp) to zero, and make a copy of the scaleat 100%.

4) Measure the image loss (Rmm) of the scale.

Set C = 10 x R (mm). (Example: Set to 40.)

When the value of C is increased by 10, the image loss isdecreased by 1mm. (Default: 50)

5) Measure the distance (Hmm) from the paper lead edge to theimage print start position.

Set A = 10 x H (mm). (Example: Set to 50.)

When the value of A is increased by 10, the image lead edge ismoved to the paper lead edge by 1mm. (Default: 50).

6) Set the lead edge void amount to B = 50 (2.5mm). (Default: 50)

When the value of B is increased by 10, the void is extended byabout 0.1mm. (For 25 or less, however, the void amount isregarded as 0.)

* The SFP adjustment is made by adjusting the SPF image scan startposition after OC adjustment.

=Copy image dimensions

X 100 (%)Original dimension

ModeDisplay

itemDefault LED TC

Print start position (Main cassette paper feed)

TRAY1 50 COPY mode lampMain cassette lamp

50-01

(*) Print start position (2nd cassette paper feed)

TRAY2 50 COPY mode lamp2nd cassette lamp

Print start position (Manual paper feed)

MFT 50 COPY mode lampManual feed lamp

Image lead edge void amount

DEN-A 50 PRINT mode lamp

Image scan start position

RRC-A 50 SCAN mode lamp

Image rear edge void amount

DEN-B 50 COPY mode lampPRINT mode lampSCAN mode lamp

100 110 120 130 150140mm1/2mm

JAPAN

HARDDENCDSTAINLESS

Shizuoka

100 110 120 130 150140mm1/2mm

JAPAN

HARDDENCDSTAINLESS

Shizuoka

110

10 20

10 20

Original (Scale)

Paper feeddirection

Reference Comparison point Copy

ModeDisplay

itemDefault LED TC

Print center offset (Main cassette paper feed)


50-10

(*) Print center offset (2nd cassette paper feed)


Print center offset (Manual paper feed)


2nd print center offset (Main cassette paper feed)

SIDE2 50 PRINT mode lampMain cassette lamp


(Example)

(2) Image rear edge void amount adjustment1) Set a scale to the rear edge section of A4 or 11" x 8 1/2" paper size

as shown in the figure below, and cover it with B4 or 8 1/2" x 14"paper.

2) Execute TC 50 - 01 to select the image rear edge void amountadjustment mode.The set adjustment value is displayed on the copy quantity display.

3) Make a copy and measure the void amount of image rear edge.

4) If the measurement value is out of the specified range, change theset value and repeat the adjustment procedure.The default value is 50.

(3) Center offset adjustment1) Set the self-made test chart for the center position adjustment so

that its center line is aligned with the center mark of the documentguide.

• Test chart for the center position adjustment.Draw a line at the center of A4 or 8 1/2" x 11" paper in the papertransport direction.

2) Execute TC 50-10 to select the print center offset (cassette paperfeed) adjustment mode.The set adjustment value is displayed on the copy quantity display.

3) Make a copy and check that the copied center line is properlypositioned.The standard value is 0 ±2mm from the paper center.

4) If the measured value is out of the specified range, change the setvalue and repeat the adjustment procedure.When the set value is increased by 1, the copy image is shifted by0.1mm toward the rear frame.

• For the manual paper feed, change the manual paper feedadjustment mode and perform the similar procedures.

• Since the document center offset is automatically adjusted by theCCD which scan the reference lines (F/R) on the back of documentguide, there is no need to adjust manually.

2. Copy density adjustment

A. Copy density adjustment timingThe copy density adjustment must be performed in the following cases:

• When maintenance is performed.

• When the developing bias/grid bias voltage is adjusted.

• When the optical section is cleaned.

• When a part in the optical section is replaced.

• When the optical section is disassembled.

• When the OPC drum is replaced.

• When the main control PWB is replaced.

• When the EEPROM on the main control PWB is replaced.

• When the memory trouble (U2) occurs.

B. Note for copy density adjustment1) Arrangement before execution of the copy density adjustment

• Clean the optical section.

• Clean or replace the charger wire.

• Check that the voltage at the high voltage section and thedeveloping bias voltage are in the specified range.

5mm

10mm

Distance from the paper lead edge to the image lead edge, H = 5mm

Image loss, R = 4mm

B4 or 8 1/2″ × 14″ paper

A4 size rear edge

Scale image

Paper rear edge

Void amount (Standard value: 2 3mm)

Document guide

(Copy A)

(Copy B)

2.0mm or less

2.0mm or less

Copy image

Copy paperfolding line

Copy image

Copy paperfolding line

Shift

Shift

(Paper feed direction)


C. Necessary tool for copy density adjustment• One of the following test charts:

UKOG-0162FCZZ, UKOG-0089CSZZ, KODAK GRAY SCALE

• B4 (14" x 8 1/2") white paper

• The user program AE setting should be "3."

Test chart comparison table

D. Features of copy density adjustmentFor the copy density adjustment, the image data shift function providedin the image process LSI is used.

List of the adjustment modes

E. Copy density adjustment procedureThe copy density can be adjusted in 300dpi or in 600dpi.

For selection of modes, use the copy mode select key.

(1) Test chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) setting1) Place the test chart so that its edge is aligned with the A4 (Letter)

reference line on the document table. Then place a A4 (14" x 8 1/2") white paper on the test chart and close the document cover.

(2) Perform the adjustment in each mode.1) Execute TC 46-01 (300dpi). To adjust in 600dpi, execute TC 46-

02.

2) Select the mode to be adjusted with the exposure mode select key.Set the exposure level to 3 (center) for all adjustment. (Except forthe auto mode.)

3) Make a copy.Check the adjustment level (shown in the above table) of theexposure test chart (Sharp Gray Scale).

(When too bright): Decrease the value displayed on the copy quantitydisplay.

(When too dark): Increase the value displayed on the copy quantitydisplay.

* The value can be set in the range of 1 - 99.

UKOG-0162FCZZ DENSITY No.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 W

UKOG-0089CSZZ DENSITY No.

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.9 0

KODAK GRAY SCALE

1 2 3 4 19 A

Auto Mode Brightness 1 step onlyManual Mode Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the center

brightness is made.Photo Mode Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the center

brightness is made.Manual T/S mode

Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the center brightness is made.

T/S Auto mode Brightness 1 step only

Main code Sub code Resolution for copy density adjustment

4601 300dpi02 600dpi

1 10 W2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

White paper

Test chartTest chart

Adjustment mode

Display item

LEDSharp gray chart adjustment level

Auto mode AE COPY mode lamp "3" is slightly copied.

Text mode TEXT PRINT mode lamp "3" is slightly copied.

Photo mode PHOTO SCAN mode lamp "3" is slightly copied.

Text T/S mode TSTXT PRINT mode lampSCAN mode lamp

"3" is slightly copied.

Auto T/S mode TSAE COPY mode lampSCAN mode lamp

"3" is slightly copied.

Sharp Gray Scale adjustment level

Non toner save mode

Toner save mode

(2) Mode select key

TEXT | | | | | (1) Exposure mode, level display

1 10 W2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Slightly copied.

Not copied.

1 10 W2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Slightly copied.

Not copied.


3. High voltage adjustment

A. Main charger (Grid bias)Note:

• Use a digital multi meter with internal resistance of 10MΩ or moremeasurement.

• After adjusting the grid LOW output, adjust the HIGH output. Do notreverse the sequence.

Procedures

1) Set the digital multi meter range to DC700V.

2) Set the positive side of the test rod to the connector CN11-3(GRID) of high voltage section of the power PWB and set thenegative side to the frame ground (power frame).

3) Execute TC 8-02. (The main charger output is supplied for 30 secin the grid voltage HIGH output mode.)

4) Adjust the control volume (VRG1) so that the output voltage is 580±12V.

B. DV bias check

Procedures

1) Set the digital multi meter range to DC500V.

2) Set the positive side of the test rod to the connector CN-10-1 (DVBIAS) and set the negative side to the frame ground (powerframe).

3) Execute TC 25-01 to output the developing bias for 30sec, andcheck that the output is –400±8V.

4. Duplex adjustment

A. Adjusting the paper reverse position in memory for duplex copying

This step adjusts the front surface printing (odd-number pages of adocument set) in the S-D mode copying and the leading edge positionof an image on even-number pages in the D-S mode.

That is, it covers the adjustment of the second surface printing mode(image loss at the front edge of an image) in which image data is oncestored in memory.

The image data is read, starting from its front end in the documentdelivery direction (Reference direction of document setting in the OCmode)and stored in memory.

This stored image data is printed starting at the printing start position,in the order of last-stored data to the first-stored data.

In other words, the front edge image loss of the image can be adjustedby changing the document read end position.

(Adjustment procedure)

1) Preparing test chart (Draw a scale at the rear end of one side of asheet of A4 white paper or letter paper)

2) Set the test chart so that the scale is positioned as shown below, inthe S-D mode and the D-S mode.

3) Execute test command 50-18.

Select the SPF memory reverse output position, and press[START] key to make a copy.

Adjust the setting so that the front edge image loss is less than 4.0mm in the R-SPF mode.An increase of 1 in setting represents an increase of 0.1 mm inimage loss.

Note: • A digital multi meter with internal resistance of 1GΩ must beuse for correct check.

• The adjustment volume is locked, and no adjustment can bemade.

VRG1

VRDV

ModeDisplay

itemDefault LED

OC memory reverse output position

OC 50 COPY mode lamp

SPF memory reverse output position

SPF 50 PRINT mode lamp

5 10

Scale (S-D mode) Scale (D-S mode)

5 10

The front edge of thescale on test chart

Front edge of paper

Void area

less than 4 mm


B. Adjusting trailing edge void in duplex copy modeThis is the adjustment of the first surface printing mode (rear end void)in duplex copying.

In a duplex copying operation, the paper is delivered starting from therear end of the first printing surface. It is therefore necessary to make avoid area at the rear end on the first printing surface to prevent paperjam at the fusing part.

There are two adjustment modes:

1) Image cut rear end void quantity (R-SPF) 50-19 (SCAN modelamp)The size (length) of a document read from the R-SPF is detected,the image at the trailing edge of the first printing surface is cut tomake a void area. (The adjustment of void quantity at the timewhen the cassette paper size is not recognized.)

2) Paper trailing edge void quantity 50-19 (PRINT mode lamp)This adjustment is made when the cassette paper size isrecognized. The trailing edge void quantity can be adjusted bychanging the trailing edge image laser OFF timing.

The paper void quantity should be first adjusted before the image cuttrailing edge void quantity (R-SPF) is adjusted.

The adjustment modes can be selected by pressing [←/→] key.(Adjustment range; 1 – 99)

Enter the adjustment value and press [START] key to save the setvalue and make a copy. (The paper information is cleared for everycopy.)

When the set value is increased by 1, the void amount is increased byabout 0.1mm.

* The initial value of duplex setting is 2to2.

(Adjustment procedure)

(1) Paper trailing edge void quantity1) Preparing test chart (Draw a scale at the rear end of one side of a

sheet of A/4 white paper or letter paper)

2) Set the test chart on the document glass as shown below.

3) Execute test command 50-19 to turn on the PRINT mode lamp andmake the printing mode in OC-D mode.Make a copy of the test chart to check the void area of the scale onthe image.

Adjust the setting so that the void area is 4 - 5 mm. An increase in 1 ofsetting represents 0.1 mm in void area.

(2) Image cut trailing edge void quantity (R-SPF)1) Set the test chart so that the scale is positioned as shown below.

2) Execute test command 50-19 to turn on the SCAN mode lamp(onthe operation panel) and make the printing mode in the D-D mode.

3) Remove and reinsert the cassette.

Note: Make sure to carry out this step before making a copy duringthis adjustment.

4) Make a copy and check the void area of the scale on the image.Adjust the setting so that the void area is 2 - 4 mm. An increase of1 in setting represents an increase of 0.1 mm in void area.l Void position to be checked

ModeDisplay

itemDefault LED

Paper rear edge void amount

DEN-B 50 PRINT mode lamp

Print start position (Duplex back surface)

RRC-D 50 SCAN mode lamp

2nd printing surface where scale is printed (lower side)

Document guide The trailing edge has a scale

Table glass

The trailing edge void on the first printing surface is shown above.

Paper

Void position to be check

Scale (D-D mode)


5. SPF (RSPF) scan position automatic adjustment

Place a black chart so that it covers the SPF scan glass and the OCglass together, and close the OC cover.

When test command 53-08 is executed, the current adjustment valueis displayed as the initial display.

* Default is 1. Adjustment range is 1 – 99. Adjustment unit 1 = about0.127mm

* If the values are kept as the default values, SPF scan is not per-formed properly. The front area of the proper scan position may bescanned.

In case of AUTO, press [START] key, and the mirror unit scans fromthe home position to the SPF scan position with the adjustment valuedisplayed. The SPF glass cover edge position is calculated from thedifference between the SPFG glass cover edge and the OC sidedocument glass CCD output level. If the adjustment is normal, theadjusted value is displayed. If abnormal, the error LED lights up withthe current set value displayed.

During the error LED is lighted, when [START] key is pressed again,execution is performed again.

Operation

The operation is similar to test command 46-01. (In MANUAL)

OK/ERR display in AUTO

* Use a black chart (UKOG-0011QSZZ) or prepare a chart as shownbelow.Chart size: 300 x 100, prepared with cutting sheet No. 791 (Black) oran equivalent one.

6. RSPF (SPF) mode sub scanning direction magnification ratio adjustment

Note: Before performing this adjustment, be sure to check that the OCmode adjustment in copying has been completed.

1) Put a scale on the original table as shown below, and make anormal copy (100%) on the front and the back surfaces to make atest chart.

Note: Since the printed copy is used as a test chart, put the scale inparalled with the edge lines.

2) Set the test chart on the RSPF and make a duplex copy (D-D or D-S) in the normal ratio (100%).

3) Compare the scale image and the actual image.If necessary, perform the following adjustment procedures.

4) Execute TC 48-05.

5) The current front surface sub scanning direction magnification ratiocorrection value is displayed in two digits on the display section.To select SIDE1 and SIDE2, use [←/→] keys.

6) Enter the set value and press the start key.

When adjusting the RSPF, use [2-SIDED COPY] key to selectsingle/duplex after entering the one page print mode, performing 2-page single copy.

* When there is no document in SPF, copy is inhibited.

<Adjustment specification>

ModeDisplay

itemDefault LED

SPF scan position auto adjustment

AUTO 1 COPY mode lamp

SPF scan position manual adjustment

MANU 1 PRINT mode lamp

Reason: To prevent erroneous detection by disturbing light of afluorescent lamp, etc.

<When OK> <When ERR>

53-08 SPF AUTOAUTO 100% ** OK

53-08 SPF AUTOAUTO 100% ** ERR

6cm or more is required.

The size of the black chart (UKOG-0011QSZZ) is 297 x 420. Divide itinto four for use.

ModeDisplay

itemDefault LED

Sub scan magnification ratio adjustment on the surface of SPF/RSPF document

SIDE1 50 COPY mode lamp

Sub scan magnification ratio adjustment on the surface of RSPF document

SIDE2 50 PRINT mode lamp

Adjustment mode

Spec value TC Set valueSetting range

Sub scanning direction magnification ratio (SPF/RSPF mode)

At normal: ±1.0%

48-5 Add 1: 0.1% increaseReduce 1: 0.1% decrease

1 – 99


7. Automatic black level correctiona. Cases when the adjustment is required

1) When the main PWB is replaced.

2) When the EEPROM in the main PWB is replaced.

3) When "U2" trouble occurs.

4) When repairing or replacing the optical section.

b. Adjustment procedure

Used to acquire the black level target value used for the black leveladjustment of white balance.

When test command 63-02 is executed, the current correction value isdisplayed in 3 digits of 12bit hexadecimal number.

Place the gray gradation chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) used as thecorrection document so that the density 10 (black side) comes on theleft side and that the chart is upside down at the center of the plate leftcenter.

When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the mirror base unit scans thechart and calculates the correction value.

After completion of correction, the corrected value is displayed on theLCD.

* Default: 0

* If the value is set to the default, operation is made with 0x60.

c. Operation

1) Initial display

2) [ENTER/START] Correction start

<During canceling - When C/CA is pressed->

After canceling, the machine goes into the sub code entry standbymode.

3) After execution

3) In case of an error

63-02 BLACK LEVEL 0

63-02 BLACK LEVELEXECUTING...

THE JOB IS BEINGCANCELED.

63-02 BLACK LEVEL *** OK

63-02 BLACK LEVEL *** ERR

Chart back surface

10

AL-1651CS TEST COMMAND, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 1

[10] TEST COMMAND, TROUBLE CODES

1. Entering the test command modeTo enter the serviceman test command mode, press the keys asfollows:[#] key → [*] key → [C] key → [*] key

To cancel the test command mode, press the [CA] key.

2. Key rule

3. List of test commands

[10KEY]: Entry of MAIN CODE/SUB CODESelection of an itemSetup of an adjustment value in case of test commands for adjustment

[←/→]: Selection of MAIN CODE/SUB CODE Selection of an item

[ENTER/START]: Settlement<In case of test commands for print>[ENTER]: Settlement (Without print)[START]: Settlement/Print

[C]: (Interrupting operation check) Returns to the upper hierarchy.[ENTER] After pressing: Settles the item and returns to the upper hierarchy. [ENTER] Before pressing: Without settling the item, returns to the upper hierarchy.

In case of test command of operation check, terminates the operations. [CA]: Exits from the test command mode.

For a test command of adjustment, the display returns to the initial display (00-00).

Main code

Subcode

Contents

1 01 Mirror scan (SCAN CHK)02 Mirror home position sensor (MHPS) status display

(MHP-SENSOR)06 Mirror scan aging (SCAN AGING)

2 01 Single Paper Feeder (SPF) aging (SPF AGING)02 SPF sensor status display (SPF SENSOR)03 SPF motor operation check (SPF MOTOR CHK)06 RSPF resist clutch operation check (RSPF RES.CHK)08 SPF paper feed solenoid operation check (SPF SPUS

CHK)09 RSPF reverse solenoid operation check (RSPF SPFS

CHK)10 RSPF paper exit gate solenoid operation check

(RSPF SGS CHK)3 03 Shifter operation check (SHIFTER CHK)5 01 Operation panel display check (LCD/LED CHK)

02 Fusing lamp, cooling fan operation check (HT LAMP CHK)

03 Copy lamp ON check (C-LAMP CHK)

6 01 Paper feed solenoid (CPFS1, CPFS2, MPFS) operation check (PSOL CHK)

02 Resist roller solenoid (RRS) operation check (RES.R SOL CHK)

7 01 Check of warm-up display and aging with JAM (W-UP/AGING)

06 Interval aging (INTERVAL AGING)08 Shift to copy with warm-up display (Shift to equivalent

to CA key) (W-UP C-MODE)8 01 Developing bias output (DVLP BIAS SET.)

02 Main charger output (Grid HIGH) (MHV(H) SET.)03 Main charger output (Grid LOW) (MHV(L) SET.)06 Transfer charger output (THV SET.)

9 01 Duplex motor normal rotation check (DPLX ROT.)02 Duplex motor reverse rotation check (DPLX

ROT.REV.)10 00 Toner motor operation (TONER MOTOR)14 00 Cancel of trouble other than U2 (TRBL CANC.)16 00 U2 trouble cancel (U2 TRBL CANC.)22 04 JAM total counter display (JAM TTL CNT)

05 Total counter display (TTL CNT)08 SPF counter display (SPF CNT)12 Drum counter display (DRUM CNT)14 ROM version display (ROM VER.)16 Duplex counter display (DPLX CNT)17 Copy counter display (COPIES CNT)18 Printer counter display (PRT.CNT)19 Scanner mode counter display (S-MODE CNT)21 Scanner counter display (SCAN CNT)22 SPF JAM counter display (S JAM CNT)

24 01 JAM total counter clear (JAM TTL CLR.)04 SPF counter clear (SPF CLR.)05 Duplex counter clear (DPLX CLR.)07 Drum counter clear (DRUM CLR.)08 Copy counter clear (COPIES CLR.)09 Printer counter clear (PRT.CLR.)13 Scanner counter clear (SCAN CLR.)14 SPF JAM total counter clear (S JAM TTL CLR.)15 Scanner mode counter clear (S-MODE CLR.)

25 01 Main motor operation check (MAIN MOTOR CHK)10 Polygon motor operation check (LSU CHK)

Main code

Subcode

Contents


4. Descriptions of various test commands

26 01 Manual feed setting (BYPASS)02 (R)SPF setting (SPF/RSPF)03 Second cassette setting (2ND TRAY)04 Main unit duplex setting (DPLX)06 Destination setting (DESTINATION)07 Machine conditions check (CPM)20 Rear edge void setting (END EDGE)30 CE mark support control ON/OFF (CE MARK)38 Cancel of stop at drum life over (DRUM LIFE END)39 Memory capacity check (MEM.CHK)40 Polygon motor OFF time setting (Time required from

completion of printing to turning OFF the motor) (LSU MOTOR OFF)

42 Transfer ON/OFF timing control setting (TC ON TIMING)

43 Side void amount setting (SIDE VOID)62 Energy-save mode copy lamp setting (C-LAMP E-S)64 Heater control setting in scanner mode (S-MODE

HEATER)30 01 Paper sensor status display (P-SENSOR)41 06 OC cover float detection level (OC FLOAT LEVEL)43 01 Fusing temperature setting (Normal copy) (FU TEMP)

04 Fusing temperature setting in multi coy (FU TEMP MULTI)

05 Fusing temperature setting in duplex copy (FU TEMP DPLX)

09 Postcard size paper fusing control setting (FU CTR P-CARD) (Japan model only)

11 Postcard size paper fusing temperature setting (FU TEMP P-CARD) (Japan model only)

14 Fusing start temperature setting (FU TEMP START)

Main code

Subcode

ContentsMain code

Subcode

Contents

46 01 Copy density adjustment (300dpi) (EXP.LEVEL 300)02 Copy density adjustment (600dpi) (EXP.LEVEL 600)18 Image contrast adjustment (300dpi) (GAMMA 300)19 Exposure mode setting (AE MODE)20 SPF exposure correction (EXP.LEVEL SPF)29 Image contrast adjustment (600dpi) (GAMMA 600)30 AE limit adjustment (AE LIMIT)31 Image sharpness adjustment (SHARPNESS)32 Copier color reproduction setting (COLOR

REAPPEAR)48 01 Mains can/sub scan direction magnification ratio

(COPY MAG.)05 SPF/RSPF mode sub scan direction magnification

ratio in copying (SPF/RSPF MAG.)49 01 Download mode (DOWNLOAD MODE)50 01 Lead edge image position (LEAD EDGE)

06 Copy lead edge position adjustment (SPF/RSPF) (SPF/RSPF EDGE)

10 Print center offset adjustment (PRT.OFF-CENTER)12 Document feed off-center adjustment (ORG.OFF-

CENTER)18 Memory reverse position adjustment in duplex copy

(DPLX REVERSE)19 Duplex copy rear edge void adjustment (DPLX END

EDGE)51 02 Resist amount adjustment (RESIST ADJ.)53 08 SPF scan position automatic adjustment (SPF AUTO)61 03 HSYNC output check (LSU CHK)63 01 Shading check (SHADING CHK)

02 Black level automatic correction (BLACK LEVEL)64 01 Self print (1by2 mode) (SELF PRT.)

Main code

Subcode

Contents Details of function/operation

1 01 Mirror scan (SCAN CHK) [Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the home position is checked and the mirror base performsfull scan at the speed of the set magnification ratio.

During operation, the set magnification ratio is displayed.

The mirror home position sensor status is displayed with the “COPY mode lamp”. (When the mirror isin the home position, the lamp lights up.)

During operation, the copy lamp lights up.

When [C] key is pressed, if the operation is on the way, it is terminated and the machine goes to thesub code entry standby mode.

[Operation]

02 Mirror home position sensor (MHPS) status display (MHP-SENSOR)

[Function]Monitors the mirror home position sensor, and makes the "COPY mode lamp" turn on during the sen-sor ON status.

[Operation]

1) Initial display

2) [ZOOM]

2) [←]

2) [→]

3) [ENTER/START]

01-01 SCAN CHK - 100% +

01-01 SCAN CHK - 78% +

01-01 SCAN CHK - 99% +

01-01 SCAN CHK - 101% +

01-01 SCAN CHKEXECUTING... - 78% +

1) Initial display

01-02 MHP-SENSOREXECUTING...


1 06 Mirror scan aging (SCAN AGING)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the mirror base performs full scan at the speed of the setmagnification ratio.

During operation, the set magnification ratio is displayed.

After 3sec, the mirror base performs full scan again.

∗ When [ENTER/START] key is pressed once, the ready lamp remains OFF.The mirror home position sensor status is displayed on the "COPY mode lamp." (The lamp is ONwhen the mirror is in the home position.)

During aging, the copy lamp is ON.

[Operation]The operation is similar to test command 1-01.

2 01 Single Paper Feeder (SPF) aging (SPF AGING)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the set magnification ratio is acquired and single-face docu-ment transport is performed in the case of SPF or duplex document transport in the case of R-SPF.

However, the operating conditions don't matter and the operation is not stopped even in case of ajam. Also the magnification ratio is displayed on the LCD.


02 SPF sensor status display (SPF SENSOR)

[Function]The ON/OFF status of the SPF sensors can be checked with the LCD.When a sensor is ON, the sensor name is displayed on the LCD.

[Operation]

03 SPF motor operation check (SPF MOTOR CHK)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the motor rotates for 10sec at the speed corresponding to theset magnification ratio.


06 RSPF resist clutch operation check (RSPF RES.CHK)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the RSPF resist clutch (SRRC) repeats ON for 500ms andOFF for 500ms 20 times.

[Operation]

08 SPF paper feed solenoid operation check (SPF SPUS CHK)

[Function]The SPF paper feed solenoid (SPUS) repeats ON for 500ms and OFF for 500ms 20 times by the useof the solenoid drive control Bios.

[Operation]

09 RSPF reverse solenoid operation check (RSPF SPFS CHK)

[Function]The SPF reverse solenoid (SPFS) repeats ON for 500ms and OFF for 500ms 20 times by the use ofthe solenoid drive control Bios.

[Operation]

Main code

Subcode


Sensor Display itemDocument set sensor SPIDSPF document transport sensor SPPDSPF paper feed cover open/close sensor SDSW

1) Initial display 2) When the sensor is ON:

02-02 SPF SENSOR 02-02 SPF SENSORSPID SPPD SDSW

1) Initial display

02-06 RSPF RES.CHKEXECUTING...

1) Initial display

02-08 SPF SPUS CHKEXECUTING...

1) Initial display

02-09 RSPF SPFS CHKEXECUTING...


2 10 RSPF paper exit gate solenoid operation check (RSPF SGS CHK)

[Function]The SPF paper exit gate solenoid (SGS) repeats ON for 500ms and OFF for 500ms 20 times by theuse of the solenoid drive control Bios.

[Operation]

3 03 Shifter operation check (SHIFTER CHK)

[Function]The shifter is moved back and forth in four reciprocations.

[Operation]

5 01 Operation panel display check (LCD/LED CHK) [Function]

<LED check mode (All ON/Individual ON)>When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, all the LCD's on the operation panel are turned ON (all pixelsON).

After 5sec of ON, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.

When [MODE SWITCH] key is pressed under the all ON state, the mode is shifted to the individualON mode, where the LED's are turned on one by one from the left upper end to the left lower sidethen from the right upper side to the right lower side. (All the pixels of LCD are lighted simultaneously.)After lighting all the LCD's sequentially, all the LCD's are lighted simultaneously. After 5sec from light-ing all the LCD's simultaneously, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. (Cycle ofindividual ON mode: ON 300ms, OFF 20ms)

When [C] key is pressed in the LED check mode, the machine goes into the sub code entry standbymode.

When [START] key is pressed, the machine goes into the key input check mode.

<Key input check mode>When the machine goes into the key input check mode, the LCD displays 0.

Every time when a key on the operation panel is pressed, the entry number is added on the LCD anddisplayed.

Once a key is pressed, it is not recounted.

When [START] key is pressed, counting is made and the machine goes into the LED ON check mode(LED all ON status) after 3sec.

When [C] key is pressed for the first time, it is counted. When it is pressed for the second time, themachine goes into the sub code entry mode.

When [CA] key is pressed for the first time, it is counted. When it is pressed for the second time, themachine goes out from the test command mode.

(Note in the key input check mode)• Be sure to press [START] key at the last. (If it is pressed on the way, the machine goes into the LED

ON check mode.) (LED all ON status)

• Multi key input is ignored.

[Operation]<LED check mode (All ON/Individual ON)>

<Key input check mode>

Main code

Subcode


1) Initial display

02-10 RSPF SGS CHKEXECUTING...

1) Initial display

03-03 SHIFTER CHKEXECUTING...

1) Initial display

2) When [MODE SWITCH] key is pressed, the machine goes into the individual ON mode.

■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■

■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■

1) Initial display 2) [ENTER/START]

05-01 LCD/LED CHK. 0

05-01 LCD/LED CHK. **


5 02 Fusing lamp, cooling fan operation check (HT LAMP CHK)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the fusing lamp repeats ON for 500ms and OFF for 500ms 5times. During this period, the cooling fan motor rotates. The motor should be rotated at a high (nor-mal) speed.

[Operation]

03 Copy lamp ON check (C-LAMP CHK)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the copy lamp turns ON for 5sec.

[Operation]

6 01 Paper feed solenoid (CPFS1, CPFS2, MPFS) operation check (PSOL CHK)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the selected paper feed solenoid repeats ON for 500ms andOF for 500ms 20times.

When [←/→/10KEY] is pressed, the paper feed solenoid setting is switched.

[Operation]

02 Resist roller solenoid (RRS) operation check (RES.R SOL CHK)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the resist solenoid repeats ON for 500ms and OFF for 500ms20 times.

[Operation]

7 01 Check of warm-up display and aging with JAM (W-UP/AGING)

[Function]Copying is repeated to make the set quantity of copies.When the test command is executed, warm-up is started and warm-up time is added for every secondfrom 0 and displayed.When warm-up is completed, addition is stopped. When [CA] key is pressed, the ready lamp lights up.After that, enter the copy quantity with [10KEY] and press [ENTER/START] key to repeat copying ofthe set quantity (interval 0sec).To cancel the test command, turn off the power or execute a test command which causes hardwarereset.

[Operation]

Main code

Subcode


1) Initial display

05-02 HT LAMP CHKEXECUTING...

1) Initial display

05-03 C-LAMP CHKEXECUTING...

Code number Setting Remark0 CPFS11 CPFS2 Operation is possible only when No. 2 cassette is installed. 2 MPFS

1) Initial display

2) [→/10KEY]

2) [←/10KEY]

3) [ENTER/START]

4) Returns to the initial display.

06-01 PSOL CHK0:CPFS1

06-01 PSOL CHK1:CPFS2

06-01 PSOL CHK2:MPFS

06-01 PSOL CHKEXECUTING...

1) Initial display

06-02 RES.R SOL CHKEXECUTING...

1) Initial display 2) After 10sec

07-01 W-UP/AGING 0

07-01 W-UP/AGING 10


7 06 Interval aging (INTERVAL AGING)

[Function]Copying is repeated to make the set quantity of copies.When the test command is executed, warm-up is performed and the ready lamp is lighted.Enter the copy quantity with the [10KEY] and press [ENTER/START] key, and copying is executed tomake the set quantity of copies, and the ready state is kept for 3sec, and copying is executed again tomake the set quantity of copies. These operations are repeated.To cancel the test command, turn off the power or execute a test command which executes hardwarereset.

[Operation]

08 Shift to copy with warm-up display (Shift to equivalent to CA key) (W-UP C-MODE)

[Function]Enter the test command code, and warm-up is started and warm-up time is counted for every secondfrom 0 and displayed.When [CA] key is pressed during counting up, "0" is displayed on the display and counting is stopped.However, warm-up is continued.After completion of warm-up, counting is terminated. (The aging function is removed from test com-mand 7-01.)

[Operation]

8 01 Developing bias output (DVLP BIAS SET.)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the developing bias signal is turned ON for 30sec.

When, however, an actual output value is measured, use test command 25-01.

After completion of this process, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.

[Operation]

02 Main charger output (Grid HIGH) (MHV(H) SET.)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the main charger is outputted for 30sec in the grid voltageHIGH move.


[Operation]

03 Main charger output (Grid LOW) (MHV(L) SET.)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the main charger is outputted for 30sec in the grid voltageLOW move.


[Operation]

06 Transfer charger output (THV SET.)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the transfer charger is outputted for 30sec.


[Operation]

Main code

Subcode


1) Initial display (Basic display of copy)

READY TO COPY 100% A4 0

1) Initial display 2) After 10sec

07-08 W-UP C-MODE 0

07-08 W-UP C-MODE 10

1) Initial display

08-01 DVLP BIAS SET.EXECUTING...

1) Initial display

08-02 MHV(H) SET.EXECUTING...

1) Initial display

08-03 MHV(L) SET.EXECUTING...

1) Initial display

08-03 THV SET.EXECUTING...


9 01 Duplex motor normal rotation check (DPLX ROT.)

[Function]Use the duplex motor Bios to drive the duplex motor in the normal direction (paper exit direction) for30sec.


[Operation]

02 Duplex motor reverse rotation check (DPLX ROT.REV.)

[Function]Use the duplex motor Bios to drive the duplex motor in the reverse direction for 30sec.


[Operation]

10 00 Toner motor operation (TONER MOTOR)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the toner motor is rotated for 30sec.

After completion of this process, the machine goes into the main code entry standby mode.

[Operation]

14 00 Cancel of trouble other than U2 (TRBL CANC.)

[Function]Used to cancel troubles other than U2. ∗ Cancel troubles such as H trouble which writes data into EEPROM, and perform hardware reset.

[Operation]

16 00 U2 trouble cancel (U2 TRBL CANC.)

[Function]Used to cancel U2 trouble.

When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, check sum of the total counter in the EEPROM is rewrittenand hardware reset is made.

[Operation]

22 04 JAM total counter display (JAM TTL CNT)

[Function]The JAM total counter is displayed.

[Operation]

05 Total counter display (TTL CNT)

[Function]The total counter value is displayed.

[Operation]

08 SPF counter display (SPF CNT)

[Function]The SPF counter is displayed.

[Operation]

Main code

Subcode


1) Initial display

09-01 DPLX ROT.EXECUTING...

1) Initial display

09-02 DPLX ROT.REV.EXECUTING...

1) Initial display

10-00 TONER MOTOREXECUTING...

1) Initial display

14-00 TRBL CANC.CLEARED

1) Initial display

16-00 U2 TRBL CANC.CLEARED

1) Initial display

22-04 JAM TTL CNT ***,***

1) Initial display

22-05 TTL CNT ***,***

1) Initial display

22-08 SPF CNT ***,***


22 12 Drum counter display (DRUM CNT)

[Function]The drum counter is displayed.

[Operation]

14 ROM version display (ROM VER.)

[Function]The P-ROM version is displayed. Press [←/→/10KEY] to switch the display version.

[Operation]

16 Duplex counter display (DPLX CNT)

[Function]The duplex counter is displayed.

[Operation]

17 Copy counter display (COPIES CNT)

[Function]The copy counter is displayed.

[Operation]

18 Printer counter display (PRT.CNT)

[Function]The printer counter is displayed.

[Operation]

19 Scanner mode counter display (S-MODE CNT)

[Function]The scanner mode counter is displayed.

[Operation]

21 Scanner counter display (SCAN CNT)

[Function]The scanner counter is displayed.

[Operation]

Main code

Subcode


1) Initial display

22-12 DRUM CNT ***,***

Code number Version Display item0 Main unit Program MAIN PROG.1 IMC Program IMC PROG.2 FAX Program FAX PROG.3 LCD DATA LCD DATA

1) Initial display 2) [→/10KEY]

2) [←/10KEY]

22-14 ROM VER.MAIN PROG. 00.00

22-14 ROM VER.IMC PROG. 00.00

22-14 ROM VER.LCD DATA 00.00

1) Initial display

22-16 DPLX CNT ***,***

1) Initial display

22-17 COPIES CNT ***,***

1) Initial display

22-18 PRT.CNT ***,***

1) Initial display

22-19 S-MODE CNT ***,***

1) Initial display

22-21 SCAN CNT ***,***


22 22 SPF JAM counter display (S JAM CNT)

[Function]The SPF JAM counter is displayed.

[Operation]

24 01 JAM total counter clear (JAM TTL CLR.)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the JAM total counter is cleared to 0 and "000,000" is dis-played on the LCD.

[Operation]

04 SPF counter clear (SPF CLR.)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the SPF counter value is cleared to 0 and "000,000" is dis-played on the LCD.

[Operation]

05 Duplex counter clear (DPLX CLR.)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the duplex counter value is cleared to 0, and "000,000" is dis-played on the LCD.

[Operation]

07 Drum counter clear (DRUM CLR.)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the drum counter value is cleared to 0, and "000,000" is dis-played on the LCD.

[Operation]

08 Copy counter clear (COPIES CLR.)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the copy counter value is cleared to 0, and "000,000" is dis-played on the LCD.

[Operation]

09 Printer counter clear (PRT.CLR.)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the printer counter value is cleared to 0, and "000,000" is dis-played on the LCD.

[Operation]

13 Scanner counter clear (SCAN CLR.)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the scanner counter value is cleared to 0, and "000,000" is displayed on the LCD.

[Operation]

Main code

Subcode


1) Initial display

22-22 S JAM CNT ***,***

1) Initial display

24-01 JAM TTL CLR.CLEARED 000,000

1) Initial display

24-04 SPF CLR.CLEARED 000,000

1) Initial display

24-05 DPLX CLR.CLEARED 000,000

1) Initial display

24-07 DRUM CLR.CLEARED 000,000

1) Initial display

24-08 COPIES CLR.CLEARED 000,000

1) Initial display

24-09 PRT.CLR.CLEARED 000,000

1) Initial display

24-13 SCAN CLR.CLEARED 000,000


24 14 SPF JAM total counter clear (S JAM TTL CLR.)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the SPF JAM total counter value is cleared to 0, and"000,000" is displayed on the LCD.

[Operation]

15 Scanner mode counter clear (S-MODE CLR.)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the scanner mode counter value is cleared to 0, and"000,000" is displayed on the LCD.

[Operation]

25 01 Main motor operation check (MAIN MOTOR CHK)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the main motor (and the duplex motor in the case of a duplexmodel) is operated for 30sec.

To reduce toner consumption, if the developing unit is installed, the developing bias, the maincharger, and the grid are also outputted.

In this case, laser discharge is required when stopping the motor, the polygon motor is also operatedat the same time. Check for installation of the developing unit. If it is not installed, the high voltageabove is not outputted and only the motor is rotated.

To check the developing bias, install the developing unit.

After completion of 30sec operation, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.

[Operation]

10 Polygon motor operation check (LSU CHK)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the Bios is called to rotate the polygon motor for 30sec. After completion of 30sec operation, the operation is turned off with the Bios and the machine goesinto the sub code entry standby mode.

[Operation]

26 01 Manual feed setting (BYPASS)

[Function]When the test command is executed, the current set bypass is displayed. Enter the code number corresponding to the bypass and press [ENTER/START] key to save the set-ting.

∗ For single bypass, there is no schedule for production.


02 (R)SPF setting (SPF/RSPF) [Function]When this test command is executed, the current set SPF is displayed. Enter the code number corre-sponding to the desired SPF and press [ENTER/START] key to save the setting.


Main code

Subcode


1) Initial display

24-14 S JAM TTL CLR.CLEARED 000,000

1) Initial display

24-15 S-MODE CLR.CLEARED 000,000

1) Initial display

25-01 MAIN MOTOR CHKEXECUTING...

1) Initial display

25-10 LSU CHKEXECUTING...

Code number Bypass Display item0 Single bypass SINGLE1 Multi bypass MULTI

Code number SPF Display item0 SPF NO SPF OFF1 SPF YES SPF ON2 RSPF YES RSPF ON


26 03 Second cassette setting (2ND TRAY)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the current set second cassette is displayed. Enter the codenumber corresponding to the desired second cassette and press [ENTER/START] key to save thesetting.


04 Main unit duplex setting (DPLX)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the current set duplex is displayed. Enter the code number cor-responding to the desired duplex and press [ENTER/START] key to save the setting.


06 Destination setting (DESTINATION)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the current set destination is displayed. Enter the code number corresponding to the desired destination and press [ENTER/START] key to save the setting.

∗ For Japan AB series, there is no schedule for production.


07 Machine conditions check (CPM)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the current machine setting is displayed.

[Operation]

20 Rear edge void setting (END EDGE)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the current set rear edge void is displayed. Enter the code num-ber corresponding to the desired rear edge void and press [ENTER/START] key to save the setting.


Main code

Subcode


Code number Second cassette Display item0 Second cassette NO OFF1 Second cassette YES ON

Code number Duplex Display item0 Duplex NO OFF1 Duplex YES ON

Code number Destination Display item0 Inch series INCH1 EX Japan AB series AB2 Japan AB series –3 China (EX Japan AB series + China paper support) CHINA

CPM Coy quantity Remark10 CPM 1012 CPM 1213 CPM 1314 CPM 1415 CPM 1516 CPM 16

1) The machine setting is displayed.

26-07 CPM10 CPM

Code number Setting Display item Remark0 Rear edge void NO OFF1 Rear edge void YES ON Default


26 30 CE mark support control ON/OFF (CE MARK)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the current set CE mark support control is displayed. Enter thecode number corresponding to the desired CE mark support control and press [ENTER/START] keyto save the setting.


38 Cancel of stop at drum life over (DRUM LIFE END)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the current setting is displayed. Enter the code number corre-sponding to the desired setting and press [ENTER/START] key to save the setting.


39 Memory capacity check (MEM.CHK)

[Function]When the test command is executed, the currently installed SDRAM of the main unit is displayed.

[Operation]

40 Polygon motor OFF time setting (Time required from completion of printing to turning OFF the motor) (LSU MOTOR OFF)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the current setting is displayed. Enter the code number corre-sponding to the desired setting and press [ENTER/START] key to save the setting.


42 Transfer ON/OFF timing control setting (TC ON TIMING)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the currently set value of the transfer ON timing is displayed(initial display), and the set value is saved. (Setting range: 0 – 9, Default: 5)

∗ The default “5” of transfer ON timing is “330ms passed from PS release.”∗ When set to “0,” it is the same as setting to “5.”

[Operation]

The operation is similar to test command 21-01.

Main code

Subcode


Code number Setting Display item Remark0 CE mark support control OFF OFF Default (100V series)1 CE mark support control ON ON

Code number Setting Display item Remark0 Stop at drum life over STOP Default1 Cancel of stop at drum life over NONSTOP

Code number Setting Remark8 8 MBYTE

1) Memory capacity display

26-39 MEM.CHK8 MBYTE

Code number Setting Display item Remark0 0sec 0 SEC.1 30sec 30 SEC. Default2 60sec 60 SEC.3 90sec 90 SEC.

Code Setting Remark0 0 msec1 40 msec2 –30 msec3 –20 msec4 –10 msec5 0 msec Default6 +10 msec7 +20 msec8 +30 msec9 +40 msec


26 43 Side void amount setting (SIDE VOID)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the currently set code of the side void quantity is displayed (ini-tial display), and the set data are saved. (Setting range: 0 – 10, Default: 4 (= One side 2.0mm))

∗ When the adjustment value is increased by 1, the side void is changed as follows:Side void adjustment: The side void is increased by 0.5mm. (The side void of “Set value x 0.5mm”is made.)

[Operation]

62 Energy-save mode copy lamp setting (C-LAMP E-S)

[Function]Used to set half-ON /OFF of the copy lamp in the pre-heat mode.

When this test command is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Enter the desiredcode number and press [ENTER/START] key to save the setting.


64 Heater control setting in scanner mode (S-MODE HEATER)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the code number of the current heater control setting is dis-played. Enter the code number corresponding to the desired heater control setting and press[ENTER/START] key to save the setting.


30 01 Paper sensor status display (P-SENSOR)

[Function]The paper sensor status is displayed on the LCD.

∗ Since the manual paper feed sensor is a single bypass sensor, its status is not displayed.

[Operation]

Main code

Subcode


9

Code Setting Remark0 0 mm 41 0.5 mm2 1.0 mm3 1.5 mm4 2.0 mm Default5 2.5 mm6 3.0 mm7 3.5 mm8 4.0 mm9 4.5 mm10 5.5 mm

1) Initial display 2) [→/10KEY]

2) [←/10KEY]

3) [ENTER/START]

26-43 SIDE VOID 4( 0-10)

26-43 SIDE VOID 5( 0-10)

26-43 SIDE VOID 3( 0-10)

26-43 SIDE VOID 5( 0-10)

Code number Setting Display item Remark0 Copy lamp OFF OFF1 Copy lamp half-ON ON Default

Code number Heater control setting Display item Remark0 Heater control OFF OFF Default (Only for Europe)1 Heater control ON ON Default (Only for other than Europe)

Sensor Display item RemarkPaper exit sensor PODNo. 1 tray paper width sensor PD1No. 2 tray paper width sensor PD2Paper entry sensor PPD1Duplex sensor PPD2No. 2 tray paper feed sensor PPD3New drum cartridge sensor DRST

1) Initial display 2) When sensor ON

30-01 P-SENSOR 30-01 POD PD1 PD2PPD1 PPD2 PPD3 DRST


41 06 OC cover float detection level (OC FLOAT LEVEL)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the current set value is displayed. When [ENTER/START] keyis pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the SPF scan position to acquire the OC cover float detec-tion level.

When the mirror base unit returns to the home position, the acquired value is displayed.

If the detection level is not acquired, ERR display is made. (Default: 0)

Note that, this test command must be executed with the OC cover closed.∗ If the value is 0, float detection is not performed in normal jobs.

[Operation]

43 01 Fusing temperature setting (Normal copy) (FU TEMP)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Press [←/→/10KEY]key to change the setting and press [ENTER/START] key to save the setting into the EERPOM. Themachine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.


04 Fusing temperature setting in multi coy (FU TEMP MULTI)

[Function]For 20th sheet or later in multi copy, the fusing temperature is automatically changed from the temper-ature set with test command 43-1 to the temperature set with this test command.

When this test command is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Enter the code num-ber and press [ENTER/START] key to change the setting.


Main code

Subcode


1) Initial display

2) [ENTER/START]

41-06 OC FLOAT LEVEL 0

41-06 OC FLOAT LEVELEXECUTING...

<Canceling - when C/CA key is pressed->

After canceling, the machine goes into the sub code entrystandby mode.

3) When the level is acquired:

3) When the level is not acquired:


41-06 OC FLOAT LEVEL **** OK

41-06 OC FLOAT LEVEL **** ERR

Code Set temperature (°C) Remark0 1601 1652 1703 1754 1805 1856 190 Default7 1958 200

Code Set temperature (°C) Remark0 1551 1602 1653 170 Default4 1755 180


43 05 Fusing temperature setting in duplex copy (FU TEMP DPLX)

[Function]In the case of duplex copy, the shift temperature set with this test command is applied to the fusingtemperature.When this test command is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Enter the desired code number and press [ENTER/START] key to save the setting.


09 Postcard size paper fusing control setting (FU CTR P-CARD) (Japan model only)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the current set code number is displayed.

Enter the desired code number and press [ENTER/START] key to save the setting.

∗ Setting" is default for Japan. However, there is no schedule for production of the Japan model.


11 Postcard size paper fusing temperature setting (FU TEMP P-CARD) (Japan model only)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the current set code number is displayed.

When [←/→/10KEY] key is pressed, setting is changed. When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, set-ting is written into the EEPROM. The machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.

∗ Applied only to the Japan model. However, there is no schedule to produce the Japan model. Set-ting is reflected only when ON with test command 43-09.


Main code

Subcode


Code Shift temperature (°C) Remark0 ±0 Default1 -82 -63 -44 -25 ±06 +27 +48 +69 +8

Code Shift temperature (°C) Display item Remark0 Cancel OFF Default1 Setting ON

Code Shift temperature (°C) Remark0 1601 1652 1703 1754 1805 1856 1907 195 Default8 200


43 14 Fusing start temperature setting (FU TEMP START)

[Function]When this test command is started, the currently set code number is displayed.Press [←/→/10KEY] to switch the setting, and press [ENTER/START] key to save it to the EEPROM.The machine goes to the sub code entry standby mode.


46 01 Copy density adjustment (300dpi) (EXP.LEVEL 300)

[Function]Copy density is set for each mode.

When this test command is executed, the current se value is displayed in 2 digits (Default: 50).

Change the set value and press [START] key to make a copy under the set value.

When the set value is increased, the copy becomes darker. When the set value is decreased, thecopy becomes lighter.

In this case, only Exp.3 copy is made. When, however, the setting is made to make darker copy,Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become darker. When made to lighter copy, Exp1. and Exp.5 copiesbecome lighter, too.

Press [←/→] key to switch the mode. The set value of the selected mode is displayed on the LCD.(Adjustment value: 1 – 99)

The setting procedure of the magnification ratio is the same as that to copy operation.

[Operation]

Main code

Subcode


Code Set temperature (°C) Remark0 1601 1652 1703 1754 1805 1856 1907 195 Default8 200

Mode Display item Default LEDAE mode (300dpi) AE 50 COPY mode lampTEXT mode (300dpi) TEXT 50 PRINT mode lampPHOTO mode PHOTO 50 SCAN mode lampTS mode (TEXT)(300dpi) TSTXT 50 PRINT mode lamp

SCAN mode lampTS mode (AE)(300dpi) TSAE 50 COPY mode lamp

SCAN mode lamp

1) Initial display

2) [←] Mode selection

2) [→] Mode selection

3) [10KEY] Value entry

4) [START] Fixing and printing value (Nochange on the LCD)

∗ Print is started in the set mode.

4) To fix the set value without printing, press[Enter] key.

∗ To cancel manual feed paper empty MSG,press any key.

∗ When performing the AE mode exposureadjustment, place the test chart on the docu-ment table so that the center area of 10cm isnot covered.

46-01 EXP.LEVEL 300AE 100% 50( 0-99)

46-01 EXP.LEVEL 300TSAE 100% 50( 0-99)

46-01 EXP.LEVEL 300TEXT 100% 50( 0-99)

46-01 EXP.LEVEL 300AE 100% 62( 0-99)

46-01 EXP.LEVEL 300AE 100% 62( 0-99)

46-01 EXP.LEVEL 300AE 100% 62( 0-99)


46 02 Copy density adjustment (600dpi) (EXP.LEVEL 600)

[Function]Copy density is set for each mode.When this test command is executed, the current se value is displayed in 2 digits (Default: 50).Change the set value and press [START] key to make a copy under the set value.When the set value is increased, the copy becomes darker. When the set value is decreased, thecopy becomes lighter.In this case, only Exp.3 copy is made. When, however, the setting is made to make darker copy,Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become darker. When made to lighter copy, Exp1. and Exp.5 copiesbecome lighter, too.



18 Image contrast adjustment (300dpi) (GAMMA 300)

[Function]Contrast is set for each mode.When this test command is executed, the current se value is displayed in 2 digits (Default: 50).Change the set value and press [START] key to make a copy under the set value.When the set value is increased, the contrast becomes higher. When the set value is decreased, thecontrast becomes lower.In this case, only Exp.3 copy is made. When, however, the setting is made to make higher contrast,Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become in higher contrast. When made to a lower contrast, Exp1. andExp.5 copies become lower contrast, too.Press [←/→] key to switch the mode. The set value of the selected mode is displayed on the LCD.(Adjustment value: 1 – 99)

∗ No density display on LCD.


Main code

Subcode


Mode Display item Default LEDAE mode (600dpi) AE 50 COPY mode lampTEXT mode (600dpi) TEXT 50 PRINT mode lampPHOTO mode PHOTO 50 SCAN mode lampTS mode (TEXT) (600dpi) TSTXT 50 PRINT mode lampSCAN mode lampTS mode (AE) (600dpi) TSAE 50 COPY mode lampSCAN mode lamp

Mode Display item Default LEDAE mode (300dpi) AE 50 COPY mode lampTEXT mode (300dpi) TEXT 50 PRINT mode lampPHOTO mode PHOTO 50 SCAN mode lampTS mode (TEXT) (300dpi) TSTXT 50 PRINT mode lamp

SCAN mode lampTS mode (AE) (300dpi) TSAE 50 COPY mode lamp

SCAN mode lamp


46 19 Exposure mode setting (AE MODE)

[Function]<γ table setting>

When this test command is executed, the code number of the current set gamma table is displayed.(Default: Japan -1/Ex Japan -2)Enter the code number corresponding to the desired gamma table, and press [←/→] key to changethe mode and write into the EEPROM.

<AE operation mode>

When setting the γ table, press [→] key to change to the AE operation mode, and the current set codenumber of the AE operation mode is displayed. (Default: 0)Enter the code number corresponding to the desired AE operation mode and press [←/→] key tochange the mode and write into the EEPROM.

<PHOTO image process setting>

When [→] key is pressed in AE operation mode setting, the mode is changed to the PHOTO imageprocess setting and the code number of the current set PHOTO image process setting is displayed.(Default: 0)Enter the code number corresponding to the desired PHOTO image process setting and press [←/→]key to change the mode and write into the EEPROM.

[Operation]

20 SPF exposure correction (EXP.LEVEL SPF)

[Function]Used to adjust the exposure correction amount in the SPF mode. The adjustment is made by adjust-ing Vref voltage variation for the OC mode.

When this test command is executed, the current set value is displayed in 2 digits (Default: 50).Change the set value and press [START] key to save the setting and make a copy.

When the set value is increased, copy becomes darker. When the set value is decreased, copybecomes lighter. (Adjustment range: 1 – 99)


Main code

Subcode


Mode Display item Code number Setting content Remark

γ GAMMA1 Image quality priority mode Japan default2 Toner consumption priority mode EX Japan default

AE AE0 Lead edge stop Default1 Real time process

PHOTO PHOTO1 Error diffusion process Default2 Dither process

1) Initial display <γ table setting>

2) [→] Mode selection

2) [←] Mode selection

3) [10KEY] Value input

4) [ENTER/START] Save theset value. The machinegoes to the sub code entrystandby mode.

46-19 AE MODEGAMMA 2( 1-2)

46-19 AE MODEAE 0( 0-1)

46-19 AE MODEPHOTO 1( 1-2)

46-19 AE MODEAE 1( 0-1)

Mode Display item Default RemarkSPF SPF 50


46 29 Image contrast adjustment (600dpi) (GAMMA 600)

[Function]Contrast is set for each mode.

When this test command is executed, the current se value is displayed in 2 digits (Default: 50).

Change the set value and press [START] key to make a copy under the set value.

When the set value is increased, the contrast becomes higher. When the set value is decreased, thecontrast becomes lower.

In this case, only Exp.3 copy is made. When, however, the setting is made to make higher contrast,Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become in higher contrast. When made to a lower contrast, Exp1. andExp.5 copies become lower contrast, too.


∗ No density display on LCD.


30 AE limit adjustment (AE LIMIT)

[Function]Used to set the limit value in AE and AE (toner save).Change the setting and press [ENTER/START] key to write the setting into the EEPROM. Themachine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.By pressing [←/→] key, setting is changed. (Setting range: 0 – 31, Default: 0)

<Remark>

When test command 26-06 (Destination setting) or test command 46-19 Auto Exposure mode ischanged, the setting of this test command is also changed to the default in connection.


31 Image sharpness adjustment (SHARPNESS)

[Function]Used to adjust sharpening/blurring of image in each mode.

When this test command is executed, warm-up and shading are performed and the current set valueis displayed. (Default: 1)Change the set value and press [START] key to make a copy under the set conditions.To change the mode, press [←/→] key. The code number of the selected mode is dip0slayed on theLCD.


Main code

Subcode


Mode Display item Default LEDAE mode (600dpi) AE 50 COPY mode lampTEXT mode (600dpi) TEXT 50 PRINT mode lampPHOTO mode PHOTO 50 SCAN mode lampTS mode (TEXT)(600dpi) TSTXT 50 PRINT mode lamp

SCAN mode lampTS mode (AE)(600dpi) TSAE 50 COPY mode lamp

SCAN mode lamp

Mode Display item RemarkLimit value for AE AELimit value for AE (toner save) TSAE

Image quality Setting No RemarkBlurring 0

Standard 1 DefaultSharpening 2

Mode Display item Default setting LEDAE mode AE 1 COPY mode lampTEXT mode TEXT 1 PRINT mode lampPHOTO mode PHOTO 1 SCAN mode lampTS mode (TEXT) TSTXT 1 PRINT mode lamp

SCAN mode lampTS mode (AE) TSAE 1 COPY mode lamp

SCAN mode lamp


46 32 Copier color reproduction setting (COLOR REAPPEAR)

[Function]Used to set color reproduction in each mode. Colors easy to be copied and colors difficult to be copiedcan be switched.

∗ This setting has virtually no effect on black-and-white documents.

When this test command is executed, warm-up and shading are performed and the current set valueis displayed. (Default: 0)Press [START] key to make a copy under the set conditions . At that time, color components arechanged for used in copying.To change the mode, press [←/→] key. The code number of the selected mode is dip0slayed on theLCD.


48 01 Main scan/sub scan direction magnification ratio (COPY MAG.)

[Function]Used to adjust the magnification ratio in the main scan (front/rear) direction and sub scan direction.Enter the adjustment value with [10KEY]. Press [START] key to save the set value and make a copy.(When the adjustment value is increased by 1, the magnification ratio is increased by 0.1%.)The adjustment mode can be changed by pressing [←/→] key. (Adjustment range: 1 – 99, Default: 50)


05 SPF/RSPF mode sub scan direction magnification ratio in copying (SPF/RSPF MAG.)

[Function]Used to display the current SPF/RSPF mode sub scan direction magnification ratio on the LCD. When [START] key is pressed, the entered data is acquired and saved into the EEPROM, and a copyis made. (When the set value is increased by 1, the magnification ratio is increased by 0.1%.) (Adjustment range: 1 – 99, Default: 50)

When adjusting the RSPF, use [2-SIDED COPY] key to select single/duplex after entering the onepage print mode, performing 2-page single copy.

For printing, regardless of the density mode and the density level,

Density mode = MANUALDensity level = 3

∗ When there is no document in SPF, copy is inhibited.


Main code

Subcode


Set value Colors easy to be copied Colors difficult to be copied0 Purple, Blue, Red Yellow, Green, Water blue1 Water blue, Green, Blue Purple, Red, Yellow2 Yellow, Red, Green Blue, Water blue, Purple

Specification component Setting No RemarkGreen 0 DefaultRed 1Blue 2

Mode Display item Default setting LEDAE mode (including TS) AE 0 COPY mode lampTEXT mode (including TS) TEXT 0 PRINT mode lampPHOTO mode PHOTO 0 SCAN mode lamp

Mode Display item Default value LEDMain scan direction magnification ratio F-R 50 PRINT mode lampOC mode sub scan direction magnification ratio

SCAN 50 SCAN mode lamp

Mode Display item Default LEDSub scan magnification ratio adjustment on the surface of SPF/RSPF document


Sub scan magnification ratio adjustment on the surface of RSPF document



49 01 Download mode (DOWNLOAD MODE)

[Function]When this test command is executed, "DLOWNLOAD MODE" is displayed on the LCD and themachine goes into the program writing mode from PC to Flash ROM.

Use the writing tool on the PC and write the program.

During writing, the display shows as follows:

After completion of download, turn OFF/ON the power to reset.

In case of an error in download, the following message is displayed on the LCD.

To enter the download mode, there is a method to use key operations as well as to use a test com-mand. With the power OFF, press and hold [CA] + [←], turn on the power.

[Operation]

Main code

Subcode


Status Display itemDownload data receiving RECEIVINGLoader function transfer LOADER COPYINGDate delete start FLASH ERASEData write (Boot section) BOOT WRITINGData write (Program section) PROGRAM WRITINGData write (EEPROM) E2PROM WRITINGData write (LCD) LCD DATE WRITINGDuring SUM CHECK FLASH ROM SUM CHECKDuring BOOT SUM CHECK BOOT SUM CHECKDuring EEPROM SUM CHECK EEPROM SUM CHECKDownload complete DOWNLOAD COMPLETE!

Error status Display itemPC data receiving E-01 PC TRANSLoader function transfer E-02 LOADER COPYFLASH ROM delete E-03 FLASH ERASEBoot section FLASH ROM write E-04 BOOT WRITEProgram section FLASH ROM write E-05 PROGRAM WRITELoader section SUM CHECK E-06 LOADER SUMBoot section SUM CHECK E-07 BOOT SUMProgram section SUM CHECK E-08 PROGRAM SUME2PROM SUM CHECK E-09 E2PROM SUME2PROM write E-10 E2PROM WRITEE2PROM read Verify E-11 E2PROM READE2PROM collating Verify E-12 E2PROM COLLATEBoot section lens check E-13 BOOT LENGTHProgram section lens check E-14 PROGRAM LENGTHE2PROM lens check E-15 E2PROM LENGTHTotal data size check E-16 DATE SIZEIMC communication error E-17 IMC TRANSIMC FRASH ROM write E-18 IMC FLASH WRITELCD section lens check E-19 LCD DATE LENGTHLCD section FLASH ROM write E-20 LCD DATE WRITELCD section SUM CHECK E-21 LCD DATE SUM

1) Initial display

DOWNLOAD MODE


50 01 Lead edge image position (LEAD EDGE)

[Function]Used to adjust the copy image position and the lead edge void amount on copy paper. The adjust-ment is made by adjusting the image scan start position at 100% and the print start position (resistroller ON timing). When this test command is executed, the current set value is displayed in 2 digits.(Center value: 50)

When [←/→] key is pressed, the setting mode and the display are changed.

Enter the adjustment value and press [START] key to save the set value and make a copy.

When the adjustment is made by the main cassette paper feed, the adjustment values of all the paperfeed ports become the same. (When the set value is increased by 1, shift is made by 0.1mm.)

(*): Support for the installation models. For non-installation models, skip.

[Adjustment procedure]1) Set the print start position (A: COPY mode lamp ON), the lead edge void amount (B: PRINT mode

lamp ON), the scan start position (C: SCAN mode lamp) to zero, and make a copy of the scale at100%.

2) Measure the image loss (Rmm) of the scale.

Set C = 10 x R (mm). (Example: Set to 40.)

When the value of C is increased by 10, the image loss is decreased by 1mm. (Default: 50)

3) Measure the distance (Hmm) from the paper lead edge to the image print start position.

Set A = 10 x H (mm). (Example: Set to 50.)

When the value of A is increased by 10, the image lead edge is moved to the paper lead edge by1mm. (Default: 50).

4) Set the lead edge void amount to B = 50 (2.5mm). (Default: 50)

When the value of B is increased by 10, the void is extended by about 0.1mm. (For 25 or less,however, the void amount is regarded as 0.)

∗ The SFP adjustment is made by adjusting the SPF image scan start position after OC adjustment.∗ When paper is discharged, the shifter is operated.

(Example)


Main code

Subcode


Mode Display item Default LEDPrint start position (Main cassette paper feed)


(*) Print start position (2nd cassette paper feed)


Print start position (Manual paper feed)


Image lead edge void amount DEN-A 50 PRINT mode lampImage scan start position RRC-A 50 SCAN mode lampImage rear edge void amount DEN-B 50 COPY mode lamp

PRINT mode lampSCAN mode lamp

5mm

10mm

Distance from the paper lead edge to the image lead edge, H = 5mm

Image loss, R = 4mm


50 06 Copy lead edge position adjustment (SPF/RSPF) (SPF/RSPF EDGE)

[Function]Used to adjust the SPF copy lead edge.

When the adjustment value of the document scan position adjustment is increased by 1, the scanstart timing is advanced by 0.1mm.

The print result is shifted to the opposite direction of the scan start position.

The adjustment mode can be changed by pressing [←/→] key. (Adjustment range: 1 – 99, Default:50)

When scanning a back surface of document, the mode must be changed to operate the RSPF bypressing [2-SIDED COPY] key.

∗ When there is no document in the SPF, copy is inhibited.∗ When paper is discharged, the shifter is operated.


10 Print center offset adjustment (PRT.OFF-CENTER)

[Function]Used to adjust the center offset position of copy images on copy paper and that in scanning docu-ment.When this test command is executed, the current set value is displayed.Enter the adjustment value and press [START] key to save the setting and make a copy. (When theset value is changed by 1, the center is shifted by 0.1mm.)When the adjustment value is increased, the center is shifted to right. When decreased, the center isshifted to left.The modes can be selected by pressing [←/→] key.When the set value is changed largely, the area outside the shading area may be scanned to causeblack streaks on the edges. When the RSPF is used, select the mode for use of the RSPF by [2-SIDED COPY] key.

(*) : Support for the installation models. For non-installation models, skip.∗ In the 2nd print center offset adjustment, print is made forcibly as 1to2/Short Edge from OC regard-

less of duplex setting.

∗ When paper is discharged, the shifter is operated.


12 Document feed off-center adjustment (ORG.OFF-CENTER)

[Function]Used to adjust document scan off-center adjustment. The adjustment modes can be selected by pressing [←/→] key. (Adjustment range: 1 – 99, Default:50) When the adjustment value is increased, the print result is shifted to left.

∗ When paper is discharged, the shifter is operated.


Main code

Subcode


Mode Display item Default LEDFront surface document scan position adjustment


Back surface document scan position adjustment


Rear edge void adjustment (SPF) END 50 SCAN mode lamp

Mode Display item Default LEDPrint center offset (Main cassette paper feed)


(*) Print center offset (2nd cassette paper feed)


Print center offset (Manual paper feed) MFT 50 COPY mode lampManual feed lamp

2nd print center offset (Main cassette paper feed)

SIDE2 50 PRINT mode lampMain cassette lamp

Mode Display item Default LEDPlaten document scan OC 50 COPY mode lampSPF document front scan SPF 50 PRINT mode lampRSPF document back scan RSPF 50 SCAN mode lamp


50 18 Memory reverse position adjustment in duplex copy (DPLX REVERSE)

[Function]When this test command is executed, the current set correction value is displayed.

Enter the correction value and press [START] key to save the entered correction value. (Correctionvalue range; 1 – 99, Default: 50)

For S-D mode front surface print and print of even paged in D-S mode, reverse memory copy opera-tion is performed from the rear edge of documents.

When, therefore, the print position adjustment of output images is required, adjust as follows:

In the reverse memory coping, when the document scan is made in the arrow direction, the outputimage is printed from the rear edge of scan image,

When, therefore, the print lead edge is shifted, set the reference chart so that the reference position ison the rear edge, and use this test command to adjust the set value so that the print lead edge ismatched.

Since printing is made from the image data most lately stored in memory to the lead edge data fromthe print start position, the image lead edge adjustment is made by changing the end data positionstored in memory by the set value of this test command.

Since it is performed by changing the scan end position, the image position adjustment is made bychanging the scan end position and the end data stored in memory.

∗ The initial value of duplex setting is: 1to2/Long Edge∗ When paper is discharged, the shifter is operated.


19 Duplex copy rear edge void adjustment (DPLX END EDGE)

[Function]Used to adjust the rear edge void amount in duplex copy.

When this test command is executed, the current set value is displayed in 2 digits. (Center value: 50.However, Set value 50 = Set value 0)

When the correction value is set to 0, write 50.

The adjustment modes can be selected by pressing [←/→] key. (Adjustment range; 1 – 99)

Enter the adjustment value and press [START] key to save the set value and make a copy. (Thepaper information is cleared for every copy.)

When the set value is increased by 1, the void amount is increased by about 0.1mm.

∗ The initial value of duplex setting is 2to2.∗ When paper is discharged, the shifter is operated.


Main code

Subcode


Mode Display item Default LEDOC memory reverse output position OC 50 COPY mode lampSPF memory reverse output position SPF 50 PRINT mode lamp

Document transport direction Document transport directionScan lead edge Print lead edge

Lead edge void (1)Print start position

Scan end position(Default: Scan cut by void (1)) Rear edge void

Print rear edgeScan direction Scan rear edge

Mode Display item Default LEDPaper rear edge void amount DEN-B 50 PRINT mode lampPrint start position (Duplex back surface) RRC-D 50 SCAN mode lamp


51 02 Resist amount adjustment (RESIST ADJ.)

[Function]Used to adjust the contact pressure of the main unit resist roller and the RSPF resist roller onto paper.When this test command is executed, the current set value is displayed.

The adjustment modes can be selected by pressing [←/→] key.

Enter the adjustment value with [10KEY] and press [START] key to save the set value and make acopy.

(*): Support for the installation models. For non-installation models, skip.


53 08 SPF scan position automatic adjustment (SPF AUTO)

[Function]Place a black chart so that it covers the SPF scan glass and the OC glass together, and close the OCcover.

When this test command is executed, the current adjustment value is displayed as the initial display.

∗ Default is 1. Adjustment range is 1 – 99. Adjustment unit 1 = about 0.127mm

∗ If the values are kept as the default values, SPF scan is not performed properly. The front area ofthe proper scan position may be scanned.

In case of AUTO, press [START] key, and the mirror unit scans from the home position to the SPFscan position with the adjustment value displayed. The SPF glass cover edge position is calculatedfrom the difference between the SPFG glass cover edge and the OC side document glass CCD out-put level. If the adjustment is normal, the adjusted value is displayed. If abnormal, the error LED lightsup with the current set value displayed.

During the error LED is lighted, when [START] key is pressed again, execution is performed again.

[Operation]The operation is similar to test command 46-01. (In MANUAL)

OK/ERR display in AUTO

61 03 HSYNC output check (LSU CHK)

[Function]When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, HSYNC is performed and the polygon motor is rotated for 30sec. At that time, the COPY mode lamp is lighted for 100msec every time when HSYNC is detected.

[Operation]

Main code

Subcode


Mode Display item Default LEDMain cassette paper fed TRAY1 50 COPY mode lamp

Main cassette lamp(*) 2nd cassette paper feed TRAY2 50 COPY mode lamp

2nd cassette lampManual paper feed MFT 50 COPY mode lamp

Manual feed lampRSPF document paper feed (Front surface)

SIDE1 50 COPY mode lampPRINT mode lampSCAN mode lamp

RSPF document paper feed (Back surface)

SIDE2 50 COPY mode lampPRINT mode lamp

Duplex back surface DUP-2 50 PRINT mode lampSCAN mode lamp

Mode Display item Default LEDSPF scan position auto adjustment AUTO 1 COPY mode lampSPF scan position manual adjustment MANU 1 PRINT mode lamp

<When OK> <When ERR>

53-08 SPF AUTOAUTO 100% ** OK

53-08 SPF AUTOAUTO 100% ** ERR

1) Initial display

61-03 LSU CHKEXECUTING...


63 01 Shading check (SHADING CHK)

[Function]Used to display the detection level of white plate for shading.

When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the white plate for shading andthe copy lamp is lighted.

When the light quantity is stabilized, revision is made for every second, and the level of one pixel atthe center of CCD which is not corrected is detected and the value is displayed in decimal values onthe LCD. (3 digits)

[Operation]

02 Black level automatic correction (BLACK LEVEL)

[Function]Used to acquire the black level target value used for the black level adjustment of white balance.

When this test command is executed, the current correction value is displayed in 3 digits of 12bithexadecimal number.

Place the gray gradation chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) used as the correction document so that the den-sity 10 (black side) comes on the left side and that the chart is upside down at the center of the plateleft center.

When [ENTER/START] key is pressed, the mirror base unit scans the chart and calculates the correc-tion value.

After completion of correction, the corrected value is displayed on the LCD.

∗ Default: 0

∗ If the value is set to the default, operation is made with 0x60.

[Operation]

Main code

Subcode


1) Initial display

63-01 SHADING CHKEXECUTING... 000

Chart back surface

10

1) Initial display

2) [ENTER/START] Correction start

63-02 BLACK LEVEL 0

63-02 BLACK LEVELEXECUTING...

<During canceling - When C/CA is pressed->

After canceling, the machine goes into the sub code entrystandby mode.

3) After execution

3) In case of an error


63-02 BLACK LEVEL *** OK

63-02 BLACK LEVEL *** ERR


5. Trouble codesA. Trouble codes list B. Details of trouble codes

64 01 Self print (1by2 mode) (SELF PRT.)

[Function]The status of the optical section is ignored and printing of one page is made. Also when the print com-mand is received from the host, printing is made.

When this test command is executed, warm-up is performed and the ready lamp is lighted. (Since,however, the scanner is disabled, initializing is not made.)

Enter the code number and press [ENTER/START] key to start paper feed from the selected cassetteand print in the selected pattern.

∗ For 4 – 99, flip.


Main code

Subcode


Code number Pattern Display item0 1by2 1 BY 21 Grid pattern CHECK2 White paper WHITE3 Black background BLACK

Maincode

Subcode

Details of trouble

E1 00 IMC communication trouble10 IMC trouble13 IMC flash ROM error16 IMC DIMM memory read/write check error81 IMC communication interface error (parity)82 IMC communication interface error (Overrun)84 IMC communication interface error (Framing)

E7 02 LSU trouble10 Shading trouble (Black correction)11 Shading trouble (White correction)16 Abnormal laser output

F5 02 Copy lamp lighting abnormalityH2 00 Thermistor openH3 00 Heat roller high temperature detectionH4 00 Heat roller low temperature detectionL1 00 Feeding is not completed within the specified time after

starting feeding. (The scan head locking switch is locked)L3 00 Scanner return troubleL4 01 Main motor lock detectionL6 10 Polygon motor lock detectionU2 04 EEPROM read/write error (Serial communication error)

11 Counter check sum error (EEPROM)U9 99 Operation panel language error

Main code

Subcode

Details of trouble

E1 00 Content IMC communication troubleDetail An abnormality occurs in communication

between the CPU and the IMC.Cause IMC – CPU signal line abnormality

IMC Memory defect/data abnormalityCheck andremedy

Replace the MCU PWB with new one.

10 Content IMC troubleDetail An abnormality occurs in the IMC.Cause USB chip error/CODEC error on the IMC.Check andremedy

Replace the MCU PWB with a new one.

13 Content IMC flash ROM errorDetail An abnormality occurs in the IMC flash ROM.Cause IMC abnormalityCheck andremedy

Replace the MCU PWB with a new one.If downloading of the program is abnormally terminated, it may cause an error. Download the program again to avoid this.

16 Content IMC DIMM memory read/write check errorDetail An installation error occurs in the IMC memory

module.An error occurs during access to the IMC memory.

Cause Improper installation of the IMC memory module.IMC memory module abnormalityIMC memory contact abnormalityIMC abnormality.

Check andremedy

Check installation of the memory module.Replace the memory module.Replace the MCU PWB with a new one.

81 Content IMC communication interface error (parity)Detail A parity error occurs in communication between

the CPU and the IMC.Cause IMC memory defect/data abnormalityCheck andremedy

Check the memory of the IMC.Replace the MCU PWB with new one.


E1 82 Content IMC communication interface error (Overrun)Detail An overrun error occurs in communication

between the CPU and the IMC.Cause IMC memory defect/data abnormality.Check and remedy

Check the memory of the IMC.Replace the MCU PWB with new one.

84 Content IMC communication interface error (Framing)Detail A framing error occurs in communication

between the CPU and the IMC.Cause IMC memory defect/data abnormality.Check and remedy

Check the memory of the IMC.

E7 02 Content LSU troubleDetail The BD signal from the LSU cannot be detected

in a certain cycle. (Always OFF or always ON)Cause LSU connector or LSU harness defect or

disconnectionPolygon motor rotation abnormalityLaser beams are not generated.MCU PWB abnormality.

Check and remedy

Check connection of the LSU connector.Execute TC 61-03 to check the LSU operations.Check that the polygon motor rotates normally.Check that the laser emitting diode generates laser beams.Replace the LSU unit.Replace the MCU PWB.

10 Content Shading trouble (Black correction)Detail The CCD black scan level is abnormal when the

shading.Cause Improper connection of the CCD unit flat cable

CCD unit abnormalityMCU PWB abnormality

Check and remedy

Check connection of the CCD unit flat cable.Check the CCD unit.

11 Content Shading trouble (White correction)Detail The CCD white scan level is abnormal when the

shading.Cause Improper connection of the CCD unit flat cable

Dirt on the mirror, the lens, and the reference white plateCopy lamp lighting abnormalityCCD unit abnormalityMCU PWB abnormality(When occurred in the SPF scan position.)Improper installation of the mirror unit

Check and remedy

Clean the mirror, lens, and the reference white plate.Check the light quantity and lighting status of the copy lamp (TC 05-03).Check the MCU PWB.

16 Content Abnormal laser outputDetail When the laser output is stopped, HSYNC is

detected.Cause Laser abnormality

MCU PWB abnormality.Check and remedy

Check the laser emitting diode operation.Replace the MCU PWB.

Maincode

Subcode

Details of trouble

F5 02 Content Copy lamp lighting abnormalityDetail The copy lamp does not turn on.Cause Copy lamp abnormality

Copy lamp harness abnormalityCCD PWB harness abnormality.

Check andremedy

Use TC 5-3 to check the copy lamp operations.When the copy lamp lights up.Check the harness and the connector between the CCD unit and the MCU PWB.When the copy lamp does not light up.Check the harness and the connector between the copy lamp unit and the MCU PWB.Replace the copy lamp unit.Replace the MCU PWB.

H2 00 Content Thermistor openDetail The thermistor is open.

The fusing unit is not installed.Cause Thermistor abnormality

Control PWB abnormalityFusing section connector disconnectionThe fusing unit is not installed.

Check andremedy

Check the harness and the connector between the thermistor and the PWB.Use TC 14 to clear the self diagnostic display.

H3 00 Content Heat roller high temperature detectionDetail The fusing temperature exceeds 240°C.Cause Thermistor abnormality

Control PWB abnormalityFusing section connector disconnection.

Check andremedy

Use TC 5-02 to check the heater lamp blinking operation.When the lamp blinks normally.Check the thermistor and its harness.Check the thermistor input circuit on the control PWB.When the lamp keeps ON.Check the power PWB and the lamp control circuit on the MCU PWB.Use TC 14 to clear the self diagnostic display.

H4 00 Content Heat roller low temperature detectionDetail The fusing temperature does not reach 185°C

within 27 sec of turning on the power, or the fusing temperature keeps at 140°C.

Cause Thermistor abnormalityHeater lamp abnormalityThermostat abnormalityControl PWB abnormality

Check andremedy

Use TC 5-02 to check the heater lamp blinking operation.When the lamp blinks normally.Check the thermistor and its harness.Check the thermistor input circuit on the control PWB.When the lamp does not light up.Check for disconnection of the heater lamp and the thermostat. Check the interlock switch.Check the power PWB and the lamp control circuit on the MCU PWB.Use TC 14 to clear the self diagnostic display.

Main code

Subcode

Details of trouble


L1 00 Content Feeding is not completed within the specified time after starting feeding. (The scan head locking switch is locked)

Detail The white area and the black marking on the shading plate are used to obtain the difference in the CCD level values for judgment of lock. When the difference in the levels of which and black is small, it is judged that the black mark could not be scanned by lock and the trouble code “L1” is displayed.

Cause The scan head is locked by the lock switch.Mirror unit abnormalityThe scanner wire is disconnected.The origin detection sensor abnormalityMirror motor harness abnormality

Check and remedy

Check to confirm that the scan head lock switch is released.Use TC 1-1 to check the mirror reciprocating operations.When the mirror does not feed.Check for disconnection of the scanner wire.Check the harness and the connector between the mirror motor and the MCU PWB.Replace the mirror unit.Replace the MCU PWB.When the mirror does feed.Use TC 1-2 to check the mirror home position sensor.

L3 00 Content Scanner return troubleDetail When the mirror base is returned for the

specified time (6 sec) in mirror initializing after turning on the power, the mirror home position sensor (MHPS) does not turn ON. Or when the mirror base is returned for the specified time (about 6 sec) after start of copy return, the mirror home position sensor (MHPS) does not turn ON.

Cause Mirror unit abnormalityScanner wire disconnectionOrigin detection sensor abnormalityMirror motor harness abnormality

Check and remedy

Use TC 1-1 to check the mirror reciprocating operations.When the mirror does not return.Check for disconnection of the scanner wire.Check the harness and the connector between the mirror motor and the MCU PWB.Replace the mirror unit.Replace the MCU PWB.When the mirror does feed.Use TC 1-2 to check the mirror home position sensor.

L4 01 Content Main motor lock detectionDetail When the main motor encoder pulse is not

detected for 100 msec.Cause Main motor unit abnormality

Improper connection or disconnection the main motor and the harness.MCU PWB abnormality

Check and remedy

Use TC 25-01 to check the main motor operations.Check connection of the main motor harness/connector.Replace the main motor.Replace the MCU PWB.

Maincode

Subcode

Details of trouble

L6 10 Content Polygon motor lock detectionDetail The lock signal (specified rpm signal) does not

return within a certain time (about 20 sec) from starting the polygon motor rotation.

Cause Polygon motor unit abnormalityImproper connection or disconnection of the polygon motor and the harness.MCU PWB abnormality

Check andremedy

Use TC 61-1 to check the polygon motor operations.Check connection of the polygon motor harness/connector.Replace the polygon motor.Replace the MCU PWB.

U2 04 Content EEPROM read/write error (Serial communication error)

Detail EEPROM access process errorCause EEPROM abnormalityCheck andremedy

Check that the EEPROM is properly set.Use TC 16 to cancel the trouble.Replace the MCU PWB.

11 Content Counter check sum error (EEPROM)Detail Check sum error of the counter area in the

EEPROMCause EEPROM abnormalityCheck andremedy

Check that the EEPROM is properly set.Use TC 16 to cancel the trouble.Replace the MCU PWB.

U9 99 Content Operation panel language errorDetail There is no language file.

The language file is destroyed. Cause Language file abnormality

MCU PWB abnormalityCheck andremedy

MCU firmware downloadReplace the MCU PWB.

Main code

Subcode

Details of trouble

AL-1651CS USER PROGRAM 11 - 1

[11] USER PROGRAM

The user settings consist of the following items.

1. User programsA. Copy mode

Programnumber

Program nameSetting codes

(factory default setting appears in bold)

Explanation

1 AUTO CLEAR 1: 10 SEC.2: 30 SEC.3: 60 SEC.4: 90 SEC.5: 120 SEC.6: OFF

• Auto clear time automatically returns the copy settings to the initial settings if no keys are pressed for a preset period of time following the end of a copy job.

• This program is used to select the period of time. Auto clear time can also be disabled.

2 PREHEAT MODE 1: 30 SEC.2: 1 MIN.3: 5 MIN.4: 30 MIN.5: 60 MIN.6: 120 MIN.7: 240 MIN.

• This function automatically switches the machine to a low power consumption state if the set duration of time elapses without the machine being used when the power is on. The power save indicator lights up, however, the keys on the operation panel can be used. Normal operation automatically resumes when a key on the operation panel is pressed, an original is placed, a print job is received.

3 AUTO SHUT-OFF 1: ON2: OFF

• Use this setting to enable or disable auto power shut-off mode.

4 AUTO SHUT-OFF TIME

1: 5 MIN.2: 30 MIN.3: 60 MIN.4: 120 MIN.5: 240 MIN.

• This function automatically switches the machine to a state that consumes even less power than preheat mode if the set duration of time elapses without the machine being used when the power is on. All lights except the power save indicator go off. To resume normal operation, press the [START] key. Normal operation also resumes automatically when a print job is received or scanning is begun from a computer. While in auto power shut-off mode, no keys (except the [START] key) can be used.

5 STREAM FEEDING 1: ON2: OFF

• When copying using the RSPF, while "SET ORIGINALS FOR STREAM FEEDING." appears in the display after an original has been scanned (about 5 seconds), a subsequent original can be placed and automatically fed into the machine.

6 LAYOUT IN 2IN1 1: PATTERN 12: PATTERN 2

• Use this setting to select the layout pattern when two original pages are copied onto a single sheet of paper (see page 35 for the layout patterns).

7 OFFSET FUNCTION

1: ON2: OFF

• When enabled, this function offsets the position in the paper output tray of sets of copies during sort copy or copy job, and print jobs when using the printer function.

8 ROTATE ORIG. IMAGE

1: ON2: OFF

• When two-sided copying is performed, this function rotates the image on the back of the original. This is convenient when binding the copies at the top (tablet binding).

9 AE/TEXT RESOLUTION

1: 300dpi2: 600dpi

• The copy resolution in auto and text mode is normally 300 dpi. If high-quality copies are preferred, use this setting to change the resolution to 600 dpi.

10 2-SIDED COPY MODE

1: HI-SPEED2: NORMAL

• If the memory fills up when two-sided copying is performed, "NORMAL" can be selected to make copying possible. However, "NORMAL" results in a slower copying speed. Normally "HI-SPEED" is selected to enable fast two-sided copying.

11 MARGIN WIDTH 1: 1/4"2: 1/2"3: 3/4"4: 1"

• Use this setting to set the margin width.

12 MEM. FOR PRINTER

1: 30%2: 40%3: 50%4: 60%5: 70%

• Use this to change the proportion of machine memory used for printer mode.

13 AUTO KEY REPEAT 1: ON2: OFF

• Use this setting to select whether or not holding down a key causes repeated input of the key. For keys that normally cause a set value to increase when held down (for example, holding down the [<] key [v] or [>] key [^]), this program can be used to have the set value not change when the key is held down.

14 KEY PRESS TIME 1: NORMAL2: 0.5 SEC.3: 1.0 SEC.4: 1.5 SEC.5: 2.0 SEC.

• Use this setting to select how long a key must be pressed for the input to be accepted. By selecting a longer time, you can prevent settings from being changed by the accidental pressing of a key.

15 KEY TOUCH SOUND

1: LOW2: HIGH3: OFF

• This sets the volume of beep signals.

AL-1651CS USER PROGRAM 11 - 2

B. Print mode

*1: The scanning speed increases when the USB 2.0 mode is set to "HI-SPEED", however, the printing speed does not increase considerably.

2. Selecting a setting for a user program

1) Press the [MENU] key and then press the [ENTER] key.

In printer mode, the user programs are accessed by simply press-ing the [MENU] key.

2) Press the [<] key [v] or [>] key [^] to select the item that you wishto configure in the USER PROGRAM items, and then press the[ENTER] key.

• You can also select a program by directly entering the programnumber with the numeric keys.

3) Press the [<] key [v] or [>] key [^] to change the setting of theselected item.

NOTE:

• If you mistakenly select the wrong item, press the [CLEAR] key [C]and repeat the procedure from step 2.

• To cancel a setting for a user program, press the [MENU] key.

4) Press the [ENTER] key.

Your selection appears briefly and then the previous screenappears.

NOTE:

When "AE LEVEL ADJUST" is selected in the user programs and the[ENTER] key is pressed, the automatic exposure adjustment screenappears. Adjust the exposure and press the [ENTER] key.

16 SOUND AT DEFAULT

1: ON2: OFF

• Use this to sound a beep when a base setting is selected.

17 TONER SAVE MODE

1: ON2: OFF

• This mode reduces toner usage by about 10% when copying. Toner save mode is effective when the exposure mode is AUTO or TEXT.

18 AE LEVEL ADJUST 1: SPF/RSPF2: DOCUMENT GLASS

• This is used to adjust the exposure level.• The automatic exposure level can be adjusted separately for the document glass

and the RSPF.19 LANGUAGE 1: AMERICAN ENGLISH This is used to set the language used in the display.20 RESET FACTORY 1: Yes

2: NoThis is used to return all settings to the factory default settings.

Programnumber



Explanation

Programnumber



Explanation

1 FORCED OUTPUT 1: ON2: OFF

When this function is enabled, printing in printer mode will automatically continue using a different size of paper if the specified size of paper runs out in all trays. This feature does not function in copy mode.

2 USB 2.0 MODE SWITCH *1

1: FULL-SPEED2: HI-SPEED

This sets the USB 2.0 data transfer speed. To obtain the fastest speed when using the USB 2.0 port, first verify that your computer meets the system requirements (operating system and driver), and then use this program to change the USB 2.0 mode to "Hi-Speed". Note that the setting should not be changed while running a TWAIN driver. (For the system requirements.)

MAIN MENU1:USER PROGRAM

USER PROGRAM2:PREHEAT MODE

PREHEAT MODE1:30 SEC.

Audible signals (key entry beep, invalid key beep, base setting beep)

The machine sounds three different types of beep signals: a keyentry beep that sounds when a valid key is pressed, an invalid keybeep that sounds when an invalid key is pressed, and a base settingbeep that sounds when a setting is the same as the base setting(base settings are explained below). The base setting beep is initiallydisabled. If you wish to enable the base setting beep, see "SOUNDAT DEFAULT". If you wish to change the volume of the beep signalsor disable them, see "KEY TOUCH SOUND".

The beep patterns of each type of beep signal are as follows:Key entry beep: One beepInvalid key beep: Two beeps

Base setting beep: Three beeps

Base settings

The base settings are preset standard selections for each copy set-ting. The base settings are as follows:Copy ratio: 100%Light and Dark level: center

Paper feed location: Paper trayAUTO/TEXT/PHOTO: AUTO

AL-1651CS ELECTRICAL SECTION 12 - 1

[12] ELECTRICAL SECTION

1. Block diagramA. Overall block diagram

Car

riag

e U

nit

CC

D P

WB

12V

12V

Reg

A5V

3.

3V

R G8b

its(M

SB

/LS

B)

BS

PF

Mot

or5V

Mec

hani

cal L

oad

MP

FS

,RR

S,C

PF

S1

MC

U-P

WB

(SP

F U

NIT

) S

GS

, SR

RC

, SP

US

SP

PS

AL

Mod

el O

nly

4Mb

or 8

Mb

(Cou

nter

)M

CN

T25

6Mbx

1or

16M

b3.

3V

Sen

sor/

SW

(E

lect

roni

c de

tect

or/S

W/S

enso

r)U

AR

T IN

TE

RR

UP

TP

rinte

r C

LK(1

6.15

11M

Hz)

SP

PD

3.3V

I/O

Sca

nner

CLK

(48M

Hz)

16.1

511M

Hz

12M

Hz

Inte

rlock

SW

Cas

sette

det

ecto

rX

2D

rum

Initi

al d

etec

tor

PP

D1

PO

DA

[19…

1]O

PE

PW

BM

FD

Dup

lex M

otor

PP

D2

D[1

5…0]

SD

OD

1Mbi

tS

PO

DP

SL

LED

Shi

fter

Mot

orN

ote:

Ene

rgy-

savi

ng 1

W c

orre

spon

denc

e)8M

bit

8bit

I2C

Bus

8b

it2K

byte

Buz

zer

Fan

Mot

or (

1spe

ed)

Mai

nMot

orT

oner

Mot

orM

irror

Mot

or

Pol

ygon

Mot

or

AC

Cod

e

KR

ON

OS

AS

IC

(296

pin)

CP

UH

8S/2

321

(19.

6608

MH

z)

LSU

EE

PR

OM

SD

RA

M

16M

byte

Res

et IC

S

RA

M

Driv

er

Fla

sh R

OM

AF

E(A

D98

26)

C D S

A G C

M P XA

D

16bi

ts

CC

D D

river

CC

FL

x 2

Lam

pIn

vert

er

HO

ME

PO

SIT

ION

SE

NS

OR

CC

D(u

PD

8861

)

CP

U C

LK(1

9.66

08M

Hz)

Sys

tem

Res

et

SS

CG

PMD

Driv

er

LED

Driv

erLE

DC

opie

r 11

pcs

HC

151

KE

Y M

atrix

Cop

ier

24pc

s

ST

AR

T K

EY

PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

/PO

FF

,HL,

PR

FW

3.3V

,5V

EN

,5V

,24V

HV

U

TC

, GR

ID, M

C, B

IAS

PM

CLK

PS

W

KE

YIN

SE

LIN

1,2,

3

OP

-CLK

OP

-LA

TC

HO

P-D

AT

A

PS

L

MH

PS

Driv

er

Driv

er/MMRDY

/MMD

PW

M

0 -

24V

HC

151

DC

-DC

Imag

e B

US

(PI-

Bus

)Im

age

BU

S(P

O-B

us)

OA

982

SD

RA

MF

lash

RO

M

8 8

KE

YS

CA

N1-

3

ISP

1581

USB2.0High-speed

LCD

(2 x

20)

HC

238

(3 to

8 d

ecod

e)

EE

PR

OM

(CR

UM

)

LCD

ELC

D R

SLC

D R

/W(T

BD

)LC

D D

B7-

4

Driv

er

LCX

574

LAS

ER

NIC

PC

BA

(Int

erna

l) R

J45

(N/W

conn

ecto

r)E

ther

Chi

pR

TL8

019A

S

FP

GA

CP

UuP

D70

3100

Flas

hRO

M1M

bit

SR

AM

256k

bit


2. Circuit descriptionsA. Main PWB (MCU)

(1) GeneralThe MCU PWB is composed of:

• CPU peripheral section which performs mechanical sequencecontrol, U/I, and each function job management.The CPU connects with the ASIC and memory by use of the systembus and performs jog management and sequence control of thewhole engine.

• Image process ASIC which performs image process, CCD control,LSU control, and print control.

• OA982 peripheral section which performs E-Sort and FAX control.(The AL-1651CS has no FAX function.)The OA982 performs image data input/output with the ASIC,SDRAM memory management, and communication with USB2.0devices.

• I/F section for USB2.0 and IEEE1284 control. (For the AL series,IEEE1284 is not available.)

• Motor control circuit

• Mechanical load, sensor I/O circuit

It performs control and management of the process, the transportloads, the fusing, the optical, and the operation panel sections for exe-cuting a series of copy/print/scan operations.

(2) CPU signal table (H8S/2321)

PIN No.

Signal codeInput/Output

Operating

1 /CS1 Output SRAM chip select2 /CS0 Output Flash ROM chip select3 GND DGND4 GND DGND5 Vcc CPU3.3V6 A0 Output Address bus7 A1 Output Address bus8 A2 Output Address bus9 A3 Output Address bus

10 GND DGND11 A4 Output Address bus12 A5 Output Address bus13 A6 Output Address bus14 A7 Output Address bus15 A8 Output Address bus16 A9 Output Address bus17 A10 Output Address bus18 A11 Output Address bus19 GND DGND20 A12 Output Address bus21 A13 Output Address bus22 A14 Output Address bus23 A15 Output Address bus24 A16 Output Address bus25 A17 Output Address bus26 A18 Output Address bus27 A19 Output Address bus28 GND DGND29 A20 Pull-Up30 PSW Interruption

level inputPrint SW

31 SPPD Interruption level input

SPF paper sensor

32 CCD_TG Interruption level input

CCD horizontal sync signal

33 MHPS Interruption level input

Mirror Home Position

34 /CPUSYNC Interruption level input

Horizontal sync (ASIC)

35 GND DGND36 GND DGND

37 FW Interruption level input

Zero cross signal

38 ARB_INT Interruption level input

ASIC interruption

39 Vcc CPU3.3V40 D0 Data I/O Data bus41 D1 Data I/O Data bus42 D2 Data I/O Data bus43 D3 Data I/O Data bus44 GND DGND45 D4 Data I/O Data bus46 D5 Data I/O Data bus47 D6 Data I/O Data bus48 D7 Data I/O Data bus49 D8 Data I/O Data bus50 D9 Data I/O Data bus51 D10 Data I/O Data bus52 D11 Data I/O Data bus53 GND DGND54 D12 Data I/O Data bus55 D13 Data I/O Data bus56 D14 Data I/O Data bus57 D15 Data I/O Data bus58 Vcc CPU3.3V59 POFF Output Shut off control60 TxD1 Output For debug61 SDA Output EEPROM Data bus62 SCL Output EEPROM clock63 LCDRS Output LCD control64 LCDE Output LCD control65 GND DGND66 CS4 (FAX) Chip select (FAX)67 GND DGND68 GND DGND69 RY/BY Input Flash Busy signal70 LCDDB4 Output LCD control71 LCDDB5 Output LCD control72 BZR Output Buzzer signal73 LCDDB7 Output LCD control74 LCDDB6 Output LCD control75 Reset OUT1 Output Reset signal76 DMT0 Output Duplex Motor signal77 DMT1 Output Duplex Motor signal78 DMT2 Output Duplex Motor signal79 DMT3 Output Duplex Motor signal80 WDTOVF Output NC Pull-Up81 /RES Input Reset82 NMI Output NC Pull-Up83 STBY Output NC Pull-Up84 Vcc CPU3.3V85 XTAL Input Clock86 EXTAL Output Clock87 GND DGND88 CPUCLK Output NC89 Vcc CPU3.3V90 PRINTST Output Print start signal91 /RD Output Read signal92 /HWR Output Write signal (High address)93 /LWR Output Write signal (Low address)94 SELIN3 Output HC151 select signal 95 SELIN2 Output HC151 select signal96 SELIN1 Output HC151 select signal97 ESSTS Output E-sort control98 ESCMD Input E-sort control99 GND DGND100 GND DGND101 ESSRDY Input E-sort control102 ESCRDY Output E-sort control103 AVcc CPU3.3V104 Vref CPU3.3V

PIN No.


Operating


(3) Image process ASIC (HG73C114HF)a. General

The ASIC is composed of the three blocks: the image process block,the print control block, and the I/F block.

Image process section

According to the operation mode set by the register set value, theimage data from the CCD PWB are placed under shading, AE pro-cess, input gamma process, area separation, filter process, resolu-tion conversion, zoom process, output gamma process, and binarycoding.

Print control section

During copying, image-processed data are outputted to the LSU atthe timing of LSU writing.

I/F section

This section performs DRUM control as image data buffer, imagedata send/receive with the OA982, and data send/receive with theIEEE1284 I/F.

105 RTH Analog input

Fusing thermistor

106 ESPAGE Input E-sort control107 SIN1 Input HC151 select detection108 SIN2 Input HC151 select detection109 SIN3 Input HC151 select detection110 Pull up111 KEY IN Input NC112 MSUST1 Input NC113 Avss DGND114 GND DGND115 /SCANSP Output Scan STOP signal116 /SCANST Output Scan START signal117 /TRANSST Output ASIC transfer signal118 PMCLK Output Polygon clock119 SPMT3 Output SPF motor signal120 SPMT2 Output SPF motor signal121 SPMT1 Output SPF motor signal122 SPMT0 Output SPF motor signal123 GND DGND124 GND DGND125 Vcc CPU3.3V126 PSL Output Power save LED control127 /CS3 Output Chip select signal128 /CS2 Output ASIC chip select

PIN No.


Operating

nCS2

nRD PORT1OUT[15..0]

nLWR PORT2OUT[10..0]

A[9..1]

D[15..0] OPE-LATCH

LED Driver OPE-DATA to OPU-PWBnRESET Control OPE-CLK

JTAG TONER MOTOR TMCLK,TMEN to TONNER MOTOR DRIVERControl TM,TM-

to SDRAM64Mb or 128Mb CCD-RS,CCD-CK1,CCD-CK2 to CCD(SCAN UNIT)(Op.400MByte) CCD-CP,CCD-SHR

bsmp,vsmp,mclk,OEB

afesen,afesck,afesdito AFE(SCAN UNIT)

to USB I/F

AFE-DB[7..0]

to IEEE1284 I/F

MIRCNT,MTR-Y1,MTR-PH-1,MTR-I01,MTR-I11,MTR-I21

MTR-Y2,MTR-PH-2,MTR-I02,MTR-I12,MTR-I22

to MIRROR MOTOR DRIVERSYNC

to LSU-PWB LD to CCFL(Scan UNIT)LEND CL

CPUSYNC

I/O PORT

CPU BUSI/F


d. ASIC (Signal table)

PIN No.

Signal Name IN/OUT Connected to Description

1 cpudata7 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus2 cpudata6 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus3 cpudata5 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus4 cpudata4 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus5 VCC_AC Power6 cpudata3 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus7 cpudata2 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus8 cpudata1 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus9 cpudata0 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus10 GND_AC Power11 mircnt OUT Buffer IC SPF scanner select

signal 12 cpusync OUT CPU CPU SYNC signal13 mem_intr Not used14 arb_intr OUT CPU INTR signal15 VCC_core Power16 cpu_ad8 IN CPU CPU address bus17 cpu_ad7 IN CPU CPU address bus18 cpu_ad6 IN CPU CPU address bus19 cpu_ad5 IN CPU CPU address bus20 GND_core Power21 ram_clk_in IN ASIC SDRAM clock on the

board22 cpu_ad4 IN CPU CPU address bus23 cpu_ad3 IN CPU CPU address bus24 cpu_ad2 IN CPU CPU address bus25 cpu_ad1 IN CPU CPU address bus26 cpu_ad0 IN CPU CPU address bus27 xcpucs IN CPU CS signal28 sfclk IN Oscillator Clock29 GND_core Power30 xcpuwr IN CPU CPU write signal31 xcpurd IN CPU CPU read signal32 nrst IN SYSTEM

RESETSYSTEM RESET

33 VCC_core Power34 pfclk2 IN Not used35 clock_sw IN Pull up36 GND_core Power37 pfclk1_xout OUT X-tal units VIDEO clock38 pfclk1 IN X-tal units VIDEO clock39 VSSPLL2 Pull up40 VDDPLL2 Pull up41 VSS2 Pull up42 VDDI2 Pull up43 tm2_15m Pull up44 xsync IN LSU Horizontal sync

signal from LSU (/SYNC)

45 GND_AC Power46 xld OUT LSU Laser drive signal 47 xlend OUT LSU Laser APC signal 48 VCC_AC Power49 mmd OUT Tr array IC Main motor control

signal. "H": Main motor ON

50 pmd OUT I/O Polygon motor drive51 tc OUT Tr array IC Transfer charger

control signal. "H":ON52 gridl OUT Tr array IC Main charger grid

control signal. "H": L output

53 mc OUT Tr array IC Main charger control signal. "H": ON

54 bias OUT I/O HV bias drive55 NC OUT I/O Not used56 vfmcnt OUT Tr array IC Ventilation fan

rotation speed control signal. "H": High speed, "L": Low speed

57 VCC_core Power58 vfm OUT Tr array IC Ventilation fan control

signal. "H": Fan ON59 /FPOFF OUT I/O FAX poff signal60 GND_core Power61 DEV DIR OUT I/O CRUM bus control62 spfclh OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF resist

roller clutch control signal "H":ON

63 spfrsol OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF document feed solenoid control signal "H":ON

64 spfgsol OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF gate solenoid control signal "H":ON

65 spfpsol OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF document transport solenoid control signal "H":ON

66 VCC_core Power67 bias OUT Tr array IC DV bias control

signal. "H":ON68 lden OUT Tr array IC Laser circuit control

signal. "H": Laser circuit ON

69 GND_AC Power70 MRPS1 OUT I/O SPF current control71 MRPS2 OUT I/O SPF current control72 MRPS3 OUT I/O SPF current control73 CPFS1 OUT I/O 1st cassette pick up

solenoid74 VCC_AC Power75 CPFS2 OUT I/O 2nd cassette pick up

solenoid76 pr OUT I/O Power relay control77 hl OUT Tr array IC Heater lamp control

signal. "H":ON78 GND_core Power79 MPFS OUT I/O Multi-bypass solenoid80 miron OUT Buffer IC SPF scanner select

signal 81 spfon OUT Buffer IC SPF ON signal82 KEYSC1 OUT I/O Key sense control83 KEYSC2 OUT I/O Key sense control84 KEYSC3 OUT I/O Key sense control85 IMC ready OUT I/O IMC control86 VCC_core Power87 tmx OUT Buffer IC Toner motor control

signal 88 tm OUT Buffer IC Toner motor control

signal 89 op_data OUT Tr array IC Operation circuit data

signal90 ope_latch OUT Tr array IC Operation circuit latch

signal. Data take-in at "L"

91 GND_AC Power

PIN No.



92 op_clk OUT Tr array IC Operation circuit clock signal

93 VCC_AC Power94 scanstop IN CPU Scan stop signal95 testpin0 IN TEST TEST96 testmode_on IN TEST TEST97 ie1284_stb IN I/F board

connector/STB signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

98 ie1284_autofd IN I/F board connector

/AUTOFD signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

99 VCC_core Power100 ie1284_slctin IN I/F board

connector/SLCTIN signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

101 ie1284_init IN I/F board connector

/INIT signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

102 ie1284_slct OUT I/F board connector

SLCT signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

103 GND_core Power104 ie1284_pe OUT I/F board

connectorPE signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

105 ie1284_busy OUT I/F board connector

BUSY signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

106 ie1284_ack OUT I/F board connector

/ACK signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

107 ie1284_fault OUT I/F board connector

/FAULT signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

108 VCC_core Power109 ie1284_rev OUT I/F board

connector/REV signal (IEEE1284 communication port)

110 ie1284_parad7 IN/OUT I/F board connector

DATA bus (IEEE1284 communication port)











116 VCC_AC Power117 ie1284_parad1 IN/OUT I/F board

connectorDATA bus (IEEE1284 communication port)



119 suspend OUT I/F board connector

SUSPEND signal (USB communication port)

120 GND_AC Power121 oen OUT I/F board

connectorOEN signal (USB communication port)

122 vmout OUT I/F board connector

VMOUT signal (USB communication port)

123 vpout OUT I/F board connector

VPOUT signal (USB communication port)

124 GND_core Power

PIN No.


125 vmin IN I/F board connector

VMIN signal (USB communication port)

126 vpin IN I/F board connector

VPIN signal (USB communication port)

127 rcv IN I/F board connector

RCV signal (USB communication port)

128 scanst IN CPU Scan start signal129 printst IN Start signal Start signal130 receptst IN Start signal Start signal131 transst IN CPU Data transfer start

signal132 VCC_core Power133 dci_dat7 IN E-SORT

(OA982)E-SORT data bus

134 dci_dat6 IN E-SORT (OA982)

E-SORT data bus


E-SORT data bus


E-SORT data bus


E-SORT data bus


E-SORT data bus


E-SORT data bus


E-SORT data bus

141 GND_core Power142 out_dc_req IN E-SORT

(OA982)E-SORT control signal

143 in_dc_req IN E-SORT (OA982)

E-SORTcontrol signal

144 GND_AC Power145 out_dc_ack OUT E-SORT

(OA982)E-SORT control signal

146 out_dc_wt OUT E-SORT (OA982)

E-SORT control signal

147 VCC_AC Power148 in_dc_ack OUT E-SORT

(OA982)E-SORTcontrol signal

149 in_dc_cs OUT E-SORT (OA982)

E-SORTcontrol signal

150 dco_dat7 OUT E-SORT (OA982)

E-SORT data bus


E-SORT data bus


E-SORT data bus


E-SORT data bus


E-SORT data bus

155 VCC_AC Power156 dco_dat2 OUT E-SORT

(OA982)E-SORT data bus


E-SORT data bus


E-SORT data bus

159 hsync FAX FAX160 GND_core Power161 out_req Not used162 in_ack Not used163 in_cs Not used164 GND_AC Power

PIN No.



165 mdat00 Not used166 mdat01 Not used167 mdat02 Not used168 mdat03 Not used169 VCC_core Power170 mdat04 Not used171 mdat05 Not used172 mdat06 Not used173 GND_core Power174 mdat07 Not used175 mdat08 Not used176 mdat09 Not used177 VCC_AC Power178 mdat10 Not used179 mdat11 Not used180 mdat12 Not used181 VCC_core Power182 mdat13 Not used183 mdat14 Not used184 mdat15 Not used185 GND_AC Power186 pcl_s_print Not used187 fax_s_print Not used188 es_s_print Not used189 out_ack Not used190 out_cs Not used191 in_req Not used192 VCC_core Power193 TCK JTAG Not used194 TMS JTAG Not used195 TRSTA JTAG Not used196 TDI JTAG Not used197 TDO JTAG Not used198 GND_core Power199 afp_vsmp OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal200 ccd_tg OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal201 ccdrs OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal202 afp_bsmp OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal203 ccdcp OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal204 afe_sdata IN CCD PWB AD's serial data205 ccd_ph2 OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal206 ccd_ph1 OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal207 afp_afesen OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal208 GND_core Power209 afp_adcclk OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal210 VCC_core Power211 afp_afesck OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal212 GND_AC Power213 afp_data7 IN CCD PWB Image scan data214 afp_data6 IN CCD PWB Image scan data215 afp_data5 IN CCD PWB Image scan data216 afp_data4 IN CCD PWB Image scan data217 afp_data3 IN CCD PWB Image scan data218 afp_data2 IN CCD PWB Image scan data219 afp_data1 IN CCD PWB Image scan data220 afp_data0 IN CCD PWB Image scan data221 VCC_AC Power222 cl OUT Logic IC Copy lamp control

signal223 GND_core Power224 mtr_y3 OUT I/O Carriage motor

current control signal 225 mtr_y2 OUT Tr array IC Carriage motor

current control signal

PIN No.


226 mtr_y1 OUT Tr array IC Carriage motor current control signal

227 VCC_core Power228 mtr_phase2 OUT Motor driver Carriage motor

control signal 229 mtr_i02 OUT Motor driver Carriage motor



control signal 232 mtr_phase1 OUT Motor driver Carriage motor




control signal 236 GND_AC Power237 ram_mad3 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) address bus

238 ram_mad2 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) address bus

239 GND_core Power240 ram_mad1 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image




243 VCC_core Power244 ram_banks1 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) BANK signal

245 ram_banks0 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) BANK signal

246 xram_cs OUT SDRAM (Image process page memory) CS signal

247 xram_ras OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) RAS signal

248 xram_cas OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) CAS signal

249 VCC_AC Power250 xram_wde OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) WDE signal

251 ram_dqm0 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) DQM signal

252 GND_AC Power253 ram_data7 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) data bus

PIN No.



(4) Reset circuitThis circuit detects ON/OFF of the power source, and controls start/stop of each circuit. The voltage of 3.3V in the MCU PWB is detectedby the reset IC to generate the reset signal.

When the power voltage reaches the specified level, each circuit isoperated, but stopped before the power voltage falls below the speci-fied level in order to protect against malfunction of the circuit. TheCPU/Flash ROM is reset by the power reset circuit, and system resetof ASIC, OA982, FAX, and NIC is generated from the CPU (general-purpose port output).

254 ram_data6 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) data bus



257 GND_core Power258 ram_data3 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image





262 GND_AC Power263 ram_data15 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image



265 VCC_AC Power266 ram_data13 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image







272 VCC_core Power273 ram_dqm1 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image

process page memory) DQM signal

274 ram_cke OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image process page memory) CKE signal

275 GND_AC Power276 ram_clk_out SDRAM SDRAM's clock277 GND_core Power278 ram_mad12 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image




PIN No.


281 VCC_core Power282 ram_mad8 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image



284 VCC_AC Power285 ram_mad6 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image




288 GND_AC Power289 cpudata15 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus290 cpudata14 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus291 cpudata13 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus292 cpudata12 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus293 cpudata11 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus294 cpudata10 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus295 cpudata9 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus296 cpudata8 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus

PIN No.


R1811kF

21

C220.1u

12

C23OPEN

12

R20

10kF

21

IC4

M51957BFP

NC 8

GND4

VCC 7NC1

IN2

NC3

Cd 5OUT 6

R193.3kJ

21

VCC3 VCC3

/RESET0 (2-C4)

Reset IC


(5) Heater lamp control circuita. Outline

The heater lamp control circuit detects the heat roller surface tempera-ture, and converts the temperature into a voltage. The converted volt-age is inputted to the CPU.

The CPU converts the inputted analog voltage into a digital value. Thedigital conversion value and the set value of the test command arecompared to control ON/OFF of the heater lamp according to the level,controlling the heat roller surface temperature to be the fixed level.

[High temperature protection circuit in case of CPU hung up(uncontrollable)]

For IC22 3Pin (reference voltage), +3.3V is divided by the resistor. Thethermistor terminal voltage is inputted to IC22 2Pin. When, therefore,the voltage at 2Pin falls below the voltage at 3Pin, IC22 1Pin becomes"H" and the HL signal is pulled to the GND level, suppressing genera-tion of the lighting signal of the heater lamp. (IC22 output 1Pin is nor-mally Low.)

[When the heat roller surface temperature is lower than the setlevel]

a. When the thermistor terminal voltage is higher than the set level,the output signal HL from ASIC becomes HIGH level.

b. This HL signal becomes the HLOUT signal through IC26, and isinputted to the photo triac coupler in the power PWB. When, there-fore, the HL signal is HIGH, the internal triac turns on.

c. When the internal triac turns on, the heater lamp lights up.

[When the heat roller surface temperature is higher than the setlevel]

a. When the thermistor terminal voltage falls below the set level, theoutput signal HL from ASIC becomes LOW level.

b. The HL signal becomes LOW, the power PWB photo triac couplerturns OFF, and the heater lamp turns OFF.

[When the thermistor is open]

The voltage at IC22 6Pin becomes higher than the voltage at 5Pin, andthe 7Pin output THOPEN becomes LOW. This is inputted to the CPUto display the trouble code H2.

(6) Driver circuit (Clutch, solenoid)Since a load cannot be directly driven by each load signal from theCPU or the ASIC, each load is driven through the driver IC (transistorarray).

A large drive current (load current) is ordained from a small input cur-rent (ASIC output current).

When the driver input voltage (base resistor input) is HIGH, the transis-tor turns ON to flow a current through the load, operating the load.

R687.5kF

21

R714.3kF

21

D1

MA700

1 2

R671MF

21

R661kF

21

R7010kF

21

R691kJ

21

C11122000p

12 C113

0.1u

12

R81300J 21

R82100J 21

C112

0.1u

12

R831.2kF

21

R8510kF

21

R8410kJ

21

C114

22000p

12

D4

1SS355

12

R86240J

21

R87240J

21

IC22AKIA393F

3

21

84

+

-

C110

0.1u

12

IC22BKIA393F

5

67

84

+

-

IC24AKIA358F

3

21

84

+

-

IC26

KID65503F

1B1

2B2

3B3

4B4

5B5

6B6

7B7

G8 NC 9

1C 16

2C 15

3C14

4C 13

5C 12

6C11

7C10

Q2KRA119S 1

2

3

D2

KDS226

2

13

D3

KDS226

2

13

INT5V

12VVCC3

VCC3 VCC3

12VVCC3

12V

12V

12V

VCC3

5V

MRPS1

HLLDEN

PMCLK

FTH

HLOUT

PMCLK_AMRPS_1

/LDEN

MRPS_2

FTH

RTH

THOPEN

RTH_IN

MRPS2MRPS3 MRPS_3

(11-B2)

(11-B2)

(6-A1)(6-A1)(6-A1)

(5-E3)(2-D1)(2-C1)(2-D1)(2-D1)(2-C1)(1-A2)

(10-B3)

(1-A3)

(4-A4)

(5-B2)

(11-C1)

LOAD

+24V

ASIC/CPUOUT PUT

LOAD


(7) Toner motor control circuitThe IC32 is the motor drive IC, which generates pseudo-AC wave-forms by the pulse signal from the ASIC to drive the toner supplymotor.

(8) Main motor control circuit/ LSU (Polygon motor) control circuit

The motors are driven by the MMD (main motor) signal and the PMD(polygon motor) signal from the ASIC.

The MMD signal and the PMD signal are turned HIGH and sent

through the driver IC27 to the control circuit in the main motor/LSU,rotating each motor.

When the motor RPM reaches the specified level, the MMLD signal(main) and the PMLD signal (LSU) become LOW. The CPU detects itto start process control.

(9) Mirror motor control circuit, SPF motor control circuit, Duplex motor control circuit, Shifter motor control circuit.

Stepping motors are employed for the mirror motor, the SPF motor,and the duplex motor. The driver for IC29 (for the mirror motor) is thebipolar drive constant current drive IC. The drive for IC31 (for the SPF)is the uni-polar drive constant current drive IC. The drive for IC28 (forthe duplex) and IC30 (for the shifter) is the constant current drive IC.

Each motor is driven in W1-2 phase excitement, 1-2 phase excitement,or 2-phase excitement.

The mirror motor/SPF motor related to image scan are driven by a con-stant current, and each motor current is switched in each magnificationratio.

R11347kJ

21

R11247kJ

21

C12810u/35V

12

+

R1051kJ

21

R1061kJ

21

IC32

BA6920FP

Vcc 17

GND 8

Rin20

Fin18 OUT1 9

OUT2 5

VM16

VREF21

RNF6

PSAVE19

NC1

NC2

NC3

NC4

NC7

NC10

NC11

NC12

NC13 NC 14NC 15NC22NC 23NC 24NC 25

FIN FIN

C129

0.1u/50V

12

24V

PGND

PGND

PGND

(TM)(TM_)

TMB_OTMA_O

(4-D3)(4-D3)

(11-A1)(11-A1)

Tonner Motor Driver

IC27

KID65503F

1B1

2B2

3B3

4B4

5B5

6B6

7B7

G8

NC9

1C 16

2C 15

3C 14

4C13

5C 12

6C 11

7C 10

Q3KRC106S

1

2

3

R8810kJ

21

5V

PMD

MM_Y2

MMDMM_Y1

MM_Y3

/PMD

MMref1

/MMD

MMref2

MMref0

POFF /POFF

/LEND

SHOLD(10-B4)(11-B2)

(11-B2)

(11-A4)

(6-A3)(6-A3)(6-A3)

(2-C1)

(2-C1)

(2-C1)

(2-A3)

(2-C1)

(2-A3)

(1-D3)


C116820p

1 2

C117820p

12

C118820p

12

C1210.1u

12

C115820p

1 2

C1190.1u

12

R921.5kJ

21

R90

0.68J1W

21

R9430kJ

21

R9530kJ

21

R911.5kJ

21

R89

0.68J1W

21

R98510J

21

R971kJ

21

R962kJ

21

R931kJ

21

IC29

L6219DS or AMM56219

OUT 2A2

SENSE 23

COMP 24

OUT 2B5

GND6

GND7

I028

I129

PHASE 210

VREF 211

RC 212 VSS 13RC 1 14VREF 1 15PHASE 116I11 17GND 18GND 19I0120OUT 1B 21COMP 1 22SENSE 123VS24

OUT 1A1

5V

24VM 5V

5V

PGNDPGND

PGND

PGND

PGND PGND

PGND

PGND

MM_PH_A

OUT_A-

MM_AI0

MM_PH_B

MM_BI0MM_BI1

MM_AI1

OUT_A+

OUT_B-

MMref0MMref1MMref2

OUT_B+

(10-D2)

(2-A3)(2-A3)(2-A3)

(2-A3)

(2-A3)(2-A3)

(5-C1)(5-C1)(5-C1)

Scanner Motor Driver

(10-D2)(10-D2)(10-D2)

R107300J

21

C125 2200p

1 2

R99 7.5kJ21

C126 2200p1 2

R100 7.5kJ

21

C132

2200p

12

C136

OPEN

12

C130

OPEN

12

C127 OPEN

1 2

C137 OPEN1 2

C135

2200p

12

R104 2.4kJ

21

R111 2.4kJ21

R1011kJ

21

R1151kJ

21

C134

0.1u

12

R108620J

21

R1091.2kJ

21

R110100J

21

R102750J

21

R103 1J 2W

21 IC31

MTD1361/F

CrA23

CrB20

VsA25

RsA3

VrefA24

VrefB19

RsB12

VsB18

In /A26

In A27

In /B17

In B16

Vmm 22

OUT /A1

OUT A 4

OUT /B 14

OUT B11

PG 15

PG 28R114 1J 2W21

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

24VM

5V

SPMT_2

(SPFMT2)

SPMT_0SPMT_3SPMT_1

MRPS_1MRPS_2MRPS_3

(SPFMT0)(SPFMT3)(SPFMT1)

(5-C2)(5-C2)(5-C2)

(4-D3)(4-D3)(4-D3)(4-D3)

(11-D1)(11-D1)

(11-E1)

(11-E1)

SPF Motor Driver

D5

MTZ J22B

IC28

TD62064AF

I13

NC4

NC5

I26

NC10

I311

NC12

NC13

GND17

O12

O27

O39

O416

COM1

COM8

GND18

I414

NC15

PGND

24VDup

DMT0 /DMT0

DMT1

DMT2

DMT3

/DMT1

/DMT2

/DMT3

(11-B3)

(11-B3)

(11-B3)

(11-B3)

(1-D3)

(1-D3)

(1-D3)

(1-D3)

Duplex Motor Driver

D6

MTZ J22B

IC30

TD62064AF

I13

NC4

NC5

I26

NC10

I311

NC12

NC13

GND17

O12

O2 7

O39

O4 16

COM1

COM8

GND18

I414

NC15

R3380J

21

R3390J

21

R3400J

21

R3410J

21

PGND

24VSFT

SFTMT0 /SFTMT0

SFTMT1

SFTMT2

/SFTMT1

/SFTMT2

/SFTMT3

SFTMT3

Shifter Motor Driver

(4-B2)

(4-B2)

(4-B2)

(4-B2)

(11-A1)

(11-A1)

(11-A1)

(11-A1)


(10) NIC PWBThe NIC PWB is used to realize 10Base-T network functions (printonly). It is provided with the CPU, the Ether chip, FPGA, memory, andthe RJ45LAN connector. Data are converted into IEEE1284 paralleldata and sent to the MCU PWB, realizing network functions.

(11) OPE PWBa. Outline

The operation circuit is composed of the LCD control circuit, the keymatrix circuit, the display matrix circuit, and the buzzer circuit, realizingthe U/I functions.

b. LCD control circuit

The character LCD (COG) in 2 lines and 16 digits is used. The displaydata are sent from the MCU (CPU) to LCD internal registers, control-ling the LCD.

c. Key matrix circuit

The SEL signal is sent from the CPU of MCU to the matrix selector IC(multiplexer) in the operation circuit. The signal detects OFF/ON of thekey, and is sent to the CPU as serial data.

d. LED matrix circuit

The display is controlled by inputting the serial data signal, the clocksignal, and the latch signal from ASIC to the LED driver in the opera-tion circuit.

In the LED driver, data are set to the register (8bit) and latched to con-trol the IC output port, performing matrix-driving of ON/OFF of the LED.

(12) Carriage Unita. Outline

The carriage unit is provided with the CCD PWB, the inverter PWB, thelamps, etc. A document is radiated, and image data read by the CCDare A/D converted to be sent to the ASIC.

b. CCD PWB

The color image sensor uPD8861 (5400 pixels x 3 lines) is used as theCCD on the CCD PWB to scan images in the resolution of 600dpi/USletter size in the main scanning direction.

Image data scanned by the CCD are inputted to AFE (AD9826), wherethey are A/D-converted to output digital data. The output digital dataare sent to the MCU PWB and to the ASIC. The ASIC performs imageprocess with the digital data.

c. Lamp inverter PWB

The transformer is controlled by the lamp control signal from the MCUPWB to turn ON/OFF the cool cathode ray tube by the transformer out-put.

B. DC power circuitThe DC power circuit directly rectifies the AC power and performsswitching-conversion with the DC/DC converter circuit, and rectifiesand smoothes again to generate a DC voltage.

The constant voltage control circuit is of +5VEN. +24V and +12V are ofthe non-control system by winding from the +5VEN winding. As shownin fig (1), +24V, +12V, and +5V are provided with the ON/OFF functionby external signals. +3.3V is outputted from +5VEN to the regulator IC.

Refer to the block diagram, fig (1).

fig (1) Block diagram

(1) Noise filter circuitThe filter circuit is composed of L and C. It reduces common noisesand normal mode noises generated from the AC line.

The common noise means that generated in each line for GND. Itsnoise component is delivered through C002, C003, and C022 to GND.

The normal noise means that overlapped in the AC line or the outputline. It is attenuated by C023, C001, L002, C004, and L003. Refer to fig(2).

fig (2) Noise filter circuit

(2) Rush current prevention circuit and rectifying/smoothing circuit

fig (3) Rush current prevention, rectifying/smoothing circuit

Noise filtercircuit

Rush currentprevention circuit

Rectifying/smoothing

circuit

Inverter circuit(Ringing choke converter system)

Rectifying/smoothing circuit (Semiconductor switch)

Rectifying/smoothing circuit

+12V regulator IC(with ON/OFF function)

Overcurrentprotection circuit

Controlcircuit

Constant-voltagedetection circuit

(Semiconductor switch)

+3.3Vregulator IC


Since the AC power is directly rectified, if there were not this rush cur-rent prevention resistor (TH001), an extremely large rush currentwould flow due to a charging current flowing through the smoothingcapacitor C006 when turning on the power.

To prevent against this, the rush current prevention resistor TH001 isprovided between the rectifying diode D003 and the smoothing diodeC006, suppressing a rush current.

The rectifying/smoothing circuit rectifies a 60Hz AC voltage with therectifying circuit, and smoothes it with the smoothing capacitor C006.

(3) Inverter and control circuit (Ringing choke converter system)

Fig. (4) Inverter and control circuit

When the power is supplied to this circuit, the DC voltage, Vref, sup-plied by the rectifying/smoothing circuit is applied through R006 andR007 to FET (Q001), turning on Q001.

When Q001 is turned on, the drain current, ID, flows as the waveform Bin Fig. (5) to apply VDC to the main winding, NP, on the primary side.

At the same time, a voltage is generated in NC winding and appliedthrough R005 and C008b to the gate of Q001. As a result, Q001 isturned on rapidly.

At the same time with this, C009 is charged through D001, R001, andD012. When the potential of C009 reaches 0.7V (= VBE of Q002), Q002turns on to turn off Q001.

Fig. (5) Ringing choke converter operation waveforms

When Q001 turns off, energy accumulated in the transformer (T001)flows a current of waveform C in the path indicated with dotted line asshown in the figure above through D101 and D113 and dissipates tothe secondary output side. When this energy is exhausted, the currentflowing through D101 and D113 turns off. However, the NS winding hasa slight remaining energy, which generates a voltage in the base wind-ing NC and turns on Q001 again to repeat switching operation, supply-ing a high frequency power to the secondary side.

(4) Overcurrent protection circuit (Primary side)The ON period extension due to an increased output load is detected,and the OFF period of Q001 is extended by the control circuit, andenergy accumulated in the primary winding of the transformer T001 isreduced, providing protection against an overcurrent. Refer to Fig. (4).

(5) Rectifying/smoothing circuit (+5V)

fig (6) Rectifying/smoothing circuit

The high frequency pulse generated by the inverter circuit isdecreased by the converter transformer, rectified by the high frequencydiode D113, and smoothed by C107 and C108.

fig (7) +5V rectifying/smoothing circuit voltage waveform

IDNp

Ns

Nc

Q001VDS waveform

Q001ID waveform

Secondary output sideD706 D113ID waveform

Voltage waveform

Voltage waveform

AL-1651CS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 13 - 1

[13] CIRCUIT DIAGRAM1. MCU PWB

R7 *421

R3 *121

X1HC-49U/S19.6608MHz

12

R1811kF

21

R4 *321

R2 *221

R60J

21

C4

12p

12

C220.1u

12

C3 *5

12

C23OPEN

12

C1*6

12

R20

10kF

21

R50J

21

R1OPEN

21

IC1

P2010/PLL701-01

Xin 1

Xout 2

FS0 3

Vss 4SSon5MODOUT6SR07VDD8

IC4

M51957BFP

NC 8

GND4

VCC 7NC1

IN2

NC3

Cd 5OUT 6

R193.3kJ

21

R2210kJ

21

R21 33J21

C2547p

12

BR

2333

J1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

2233

J1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

2433

J1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

2133

J1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

2033

J1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

C240.1u

12

R13

10kJ

21

R11

10kJ

21

IC2

HD6412321VF25(H8S/2321)

P3P3P3P3P3P3

PPPP

PP

AVcc103

Vref104

P40/AN0105

P41/AN1106

P42/AN2107

P43/AN3108

P44/AN4109

P45/AN5110

P46/AN6/DA0111

P47/AN7/DA1112

AVss113

Vss114

P17/PO15/TIOCB2/TCLKD115

P16/PO14/TIOCA2116

P15/PO13/TIOCB1/TCLKC117

P14/PO12/TIOCA1118

P13/PO11/TIOCD0/TCLKB119

P12/PO10/TIOCC0/TCLKA120

P11/PO9/TIOCB0/DACK1121

P10/PO8/TIOCA0/DACK0122

MD0123

MD1124

MD2125

PG0/CAS126

PG1/CS3127

PG2/CS2128

PG

3/C

S1

1

PG

4/C

S0

2

Vss

3

NC

4

VC

C5

PC

0/A

06

PC

1/A

17

PC

2/A

28

PC

3/A

39

Vss

10

PC

4/A

411

PC

5/A

512

PC

6/A

613

PC

7/A

714

PB

0/A

815

PB

1/A

916

PB

2/A

1017

PB

3/A

1118

Vss

19

PB

4/A

1220

PB

5/A

1321

PB

6/A

1422

PB

7/A

1523

PA0/

A16

24

PA1/

A17

25

PA2/

A18

26

PA3/

A19

27

Vss

28

PA4/

A20

/IR

Q4

29

PA5/

A21

/IR

Q5

30

PA6/

A22

/IR

Q6

31

PA7/

A23

/IR

Q7

32

P67

/CS

7P/I

RQ

333

P66

/CS

6P/I

RQ

234

Vss

35

Vss

36

P65

/IR

Q1

37

P64

/IR

Q0

38

P53

/AD

TR

G10

2

P52

/SC

K2

101

Vss

100

Vss

99

P51

/RxD

298

P50

/TxD

297

PF

0/B

RE

Q96

PF

1/B

AC

K95

PF

2/LC

AS

/ WA

IT/B

RE

QO

94

PF

3/LW

R93

PF

4/H

WR

92

PF

4/R

D91

PF

6/A

S90

VC

C89

PF

7/0

88

Vss

87

EX

TAL

86

XTA

L85

VC

C84

ST

BY

83

NM

I82

RE

S81

WD

TOV

F80

P20

/PO

0/T

IOC

A3

79

P21

/PO

1/Y

ICO

B3

78

P22

/PO

2/T

IOC

C3

77

P23

/PO

3/T

IOC

D3

76

P24

/PO

4/T

IOC

A4

75

P25

/PO

5/T

IOC

B4

74

P26

/PO

6/T

IOC

A5

73

P27

/PO

7/T

IOC

B5

72

P63

/TE

ND

171

P62

/DR

EQ

170

P61

/TE

ND

0/C

S5

69

Vss

68

Vss

67

P60

/DR

EQ

0/C

S4

66

Vss

65

R12

10kJ

21

C20.1u

12

R9 33J21R8 33J21

R10 100J21

BR110

33J

1234

8765

C38

122

pF1

2C

382

OP

EN 1

2C

383

OP

EN 1

2C

384

OP

EN 1

2

R33733J2 1

C386OPEN1 2

A0 A5

A2

A4

A11

A19

A13A3

A8

A10A7

A12

A16

A14

A18A1

A15

A17A6

A9

CP

UC

LK(N

C)

/TRANSST

SPFMT0

/SCANSP

SPFMT1SPFMT2

/SCANST

SPFMT3/S

TB

Y

ES_CMD

RD

/ESS_RDY/ESC_RDY

HWR

/PRINTST

LWR

ESS_TS

RESETOUT1

NM

I

/WD

TOV

F

/CS0#/CS1#/CS2#/CS3#

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

/PRINTST

/RESET0

/ASIC_RST

/ES_PAGE

MSU_ST1

SPFMT0

SPFMT2/MIRCNT

(SIN2)

SPFMT1

/TRANSST

(KEYIN)

PMCLK

RTH

SPFMT3

/SCANSP

PSL

/SCANST

(SIN3)

(SIN1)

ESS_TS

/ESC_RDY

ES_CMD

/HWR/LWR

/ESS_RDY

/RD

SELIN3SELIN2SELIN1

/RE

SE

T1

/CS3/CS2/CS1/CS0

Spreading Range :+/- 1.25%

R4(*3)

When IC1 is, mounted NOT mounted

OPEN 0J

R3(*1) OPEN 680J

R7(*4) 22J OPEN

R2(*2) 0J OPEN

C3(*5)

C1(*6)

22pF

22pF

15pF

15pF

*R2,R3,C1, and C3 are temtative

(2-D2)(2-E3)

(2-E3)

(2-E3)

(4-C3)(4-C2)

(4-C3)(4-C3)

(2-D1)

(5-B2)

(2-C4)

(8-A2)

(13-B2)

(4-D4)(4-D4)

(4-C3)

(4-D4)

(5-E3)

(4-D4)

(8-A1)

Reset IC

(4-C2)

(8-A3)

(13-B2) (2-C1)

(4-C2)

(3-A2)(4-A2)(2-C1)

(4-C2)

(3-A2)

(8-A3)(8-A2)(8-A2)

(9-B2)

A B

A B

4

3

2

1

MCU PWB (CPU section)


C5

100p

12

C13

0.1u

12

C14

0.1u

12

C10

0.1u

12

C6

100p

12

C8

10u/16V

12

+

C11

0.1u

12

C9

0.1u

12

C12

0.1u

12

BR12

10kJ

1234

8765

L1ZJSR5101-223

1

2

3

BR13

10kJ

1234

8765

BR7

10kJ

1234

8765

BR15

10kJ

1234

8765

BR9

10kJ

1234

8765

BR5

10kJ

1234

8765

BR11

10kJ

1234

8765

BR1433J

1234

8765

BR1933J

1234

8765

BR1633J

1234

8765

BR1733J

1234

8765

C70.1u

12

R1410kJ

21

R17OPEN

21

BR18

10kJ

1234

8765

R16 1kJ21

R15 1kJ21

H8S/2321

P35/SCK1 64

P34/SCK0 63

P33/RxD1 62

P32/RxD0 61

P31/TxD1 60

P30/TxD0 59

VCC 58

PD7/D15 57

PD6/D14 56

PD5/D13 55

PD4/D12 54

Vss 53

PD3/D11 52

PD2/D10 51

PD1/D9 50

PD0/D8 49

PE7/D7 48

PE6/D6 47

PE5/D5 46

PE4/D4 45

Vss 44

PE3/D3 43

PE2/D2 42

PE1/D1 41

PE0/D0 40

VCC 39

P64

/IR

Q0

38V

ss65

IC3

24WC02

E01

E12

E23

VSS4

SDA5 SCL6 WC7 VCC8

BR8

10kJ

1234

8765

BR10

10kJ

1234

8765

BR3

10kJ

1234

8765

BR4

10kJ

1234

8765

BR1

10kJ

1234

8765

BR6

10kJ

1234

8765

BR94

10kJ

1234

8765

BR2

10kJ

1234

8765

C38

5O

PE

N 12

R33133J

21

CPUCLK(NC)

SPFMT1

(FW)

mt_at_home

LWR

/CS0#

/CS2#

CPU_SYNC

/CS1#

SCL

TxD1

SPFMT0

/SCANSP

(SPPD)

/TRANSST

CCD_TG

SDA

(PSW)

SPFMT3

ARB_INT

/SCANST

SPFMT2

HWRRD

A20

(SPPD)

MT_HOMECPU_SYNC

(PSW)

CCD_TG

(FW)ARB_INT

POFF

SCL

/CS3#

TXD1

A20

(SIN3)(SIN2)(SIN1)

(KEYIN)

SDA

SCLSDA

DMT3

/WDTOVFD14

/CS4#

POFF

D8

D5

RY/BY

D1D0

DMT0

D1

D15

D7

D11

D3

D0

D12

D11

RESETOUT1

D13

D8

D3

/CS4#

D10

D4

D7

D5

DMT1

RY/BY D9

DMT2

D6

D2

D9

D14

D6

D4

D10

/STBY

/PRINTST

D12

D15

D2

D13

/ESC_RDY/ESS_RDYES_CMDESS_TS

DMT3

DMT0

DMT2DMT1

NMI

CPU3.3

CPU3.3

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3 VCC3 VCC3

A[19..0]

mt_at_home

RY/BY

(PSW)

CCD_TG

CPU_SYNC

ARB_INT

D[15..0]

(SPPD)

(FW)

SDA1

SCL

POFF

DMT2

LCDDB7LCDDB6

DMT1DMT0

TxD1

LCDRSLCDE

LCDDB5LCDDB4

DMT3

/CS4

BZR

(2-A1) (3-A3)

(2-B1)(4-D4)

(14-C3)

(7-E1)

(2-B1)

(2-A4)

(7-E1)

(2-A1)

(6-D4)(6-D4)(6-D4)(6-D4)

(5-B1)

(3-B2)

(14-D3)

(13-C2)(3-A1) (4-A2)

(4-A1)

(4-B1)

(11-B2)

(4-C3)

(4-C1)(4-C1)

Serial EE-PROM

(4-C1)(4-C1)

(4-C1)(4-C1)

(13-B2)

(8-A2)

C D E

C D E

4

3

2

1

1/14


C53

47p

12

R29 33J21

BR2733J

1234

8765

C52

47p

12C51

47p

12 C54

47p

12

R27 33J21

C50

47p

12C49

47p

12

R2

10K

2

BR48 10kJ

1234

8765

BR61 10kJ

1234

8765

BR57 10kJ

1234

8765

BR53 10kJ

1234

8765

C670.1u

12

L3ZJSR5101-223

1

2

3

X2

OSC-3148MHz

N.C.1

VCC8

OUTPUT5

GND4

C6812p

12

C66

2200

0p 12

R43

33J

21

C70 12p

12

C69 12p

12

R45 0J

21X3

HC-49U/S (16.1511MHz)

12

R44 0J

21

R34 10kJ21

BR33 10kJ1234

8765

R33 10kJ21

BR25

1234

BR3033J

1234

8765

R26 33J21

R30 33J21

R31 33J21

R25 33J21

R23 33J21

BR39 33J

1234

8765

BR41 33J

1234

8765

BR43 33J

1234

8765

BR45 33J

1234

8765

BR49 33J

1234

8765

BR52 33J

1234

8765

BR56 33J

1234

8765

BR60 82J

1234

8765

BR62 33J

1234

8765

BR63 33J

1234

8765

R24 33J21

C47

47p

12 C48

47p

12

BR29 10kJ

1234

8765

BR31 10kJ

1234

8765

R32 10kJ21

BR93

1234

IC5

HG73C138HFV

ASIC

CP

U_D

ATA

71

CP

U_D

ATA

62

CP

U_D

ATA

53

CP

U_D

ATA

44

CP

U_D

ATA

18

CP

U_D

ATA

36

CP

U_D

ATA

27

VC

C(A

C)

5

CP

U_D

ATA

09

GN

D(A

C)

10

MIR

CN

T11

/CP

US

YN

C12

ME

M_I

NT

13

AR

B_I

NT

14

VC

C(C

OR

E)

15

CP

U_A

D8

16

CP

U_A

D7

17

CP

U_A

D6

18

CP

U_A

D5

19

GN

D(C

OR

E)

20

RA

M_C

LK_I

N21

CP

U_A

D4

22

CP

U_A

D3

23

CP

U_A

D2

24

CP

U_A

D1

25

CP

U_A

D0

26

/CP

UC

S27

SF

CLK

4828

GN

D(C

OR

E)

29

/CP

UW

R30

/CP

UR

D31

/RE

SE

T32

PF

CLK

34

CLK

SW

35

GN

D(C

OR

E)

36

PF

CLK

OU

T37

PF

CLK

IN38

GN

D(P

LL)

39

VC

C(P

LL)

40

GN

D(P

LL)

41

VC

C(P

LL)

42

TM

2_15

M43

/SY

NC

44

GN

D(A

C)

45

/VID

EO

46

/LE

ND

47

VC

C(A

C)

48

OU

TP

00A

49

VC

C(C

OR

E)

192

/INR

EQ

191

/OU

TC

S19

0

/OU

TAC

K18

9

/ES

PR

D18

8

/FA

XP

RD

187

/PC

LPR

D18

6

GN

D(A

C)

185

MD

AT15

184

MD

AT14

183

MD

AT13

182

VC

C(C

OR

E)

181

MD

AT12

180

MD

AT11

179

MD

AT10

178

VC

C(A

C)

177

MD

AT09

176

MD

AT08

175

MD

AT07

174

GN

D(C

OR

E)

173

RAM_DATA4256RAM_DATA5255RAM_DATA6254RAM_DATA7253GND(AC)252RAM_DQM0251RAM_WDE250VCC(AC)249RAM_CAS248RAM_RAS247RAM_CS246RAM_BANKS0245RAM_BANKS1244VCC(CORE)243RAM_MAD10242RAM_MAD0241RAM_MAD1240GND(CORE)239RAM_MAD2238RAM_MAD3237GND(AC)236MM_AI2235MM_AI1234MM_AI0233MM_PH_A232

AF

E_D

B3

217

MM_BI2231MM_BI1230

MM_Y2225

VC

C(A

C)

221

MM_Y1226

AF

E_D

B0

220

AF

E_D

B1

219

GND(CORE)223

AF

E_D

B2

218

AF

E_D

B4

216

AF

E_D

B5

215

MM_BI0229MM_PH_B228VCC(CORE)227

MM_Y3224

CLP

WM

222

AF

E_D

B6

214

AF

E_D

B7

213

GN

D(A

C)

212

AF

ES

CK

211

VC

C(C

OR

E)

210

AD

CLK

209

GN

D(C

OR

E)

208

AF

E_S

EN

207

CC

D_P

H1

206

CC

D_P

H2

205

AF

E_S

DI

204

CC

D_C

P20

3

BS

AM

P20

2

CC

D_R

S20

1

CC

D_T

G20

0

VS

AM

P19

9

GN

D(C

OR

E)

198

TD

019

7

TR

SK

195

TD

I19

6

TC

K19

3T

MS

194

VC

C(C

OR

E)

33

OU

TP

01A

50

GND(CORE)257

RAM_DATA3258

RAM_DATA2259

RAM_DATA1260

RAM_DATA0261

GND(AC)262

RAM_DATA15263

RAM_DATA14264

VCC(CORE)265

RAM_DATA13266

RAM_DATA12267

RAM_DATA11268

RAM_DATA10269

RAM_DATA9270

RAM_DATA8271

VCC(CORE)272

RAM_DQM1273

RAM_CKE274

GND(AC)275

RAM_CLK_OUT276

GND(CORE)277

RAM_MAD12278

RAM_MAD11279

RAM_MAD9280

VCC(CORE)281

RAM_MAD8282

RAM_MAD7283

VCC(AC)284

RAM_MAD6285

RAM_MAD5286

RAM_MAD4287

GND(AC)288

CPUDATA15289

CPUDATA14290

CPUDATA13291

CPUDATA12292

CPUDATA11293

CPUDATA10294

CPUDATA9295

CPUDATA8296

RAMDB0RAMDB1RAMDB2RAMDB3




SFCLK48

PFCLKIN

PFCLKOUT

MM_BI2MM_AI0

MM_BI1

MM_AI2

MM_BI0

MM_AI1

/INREQ/OUTACK/FAXPRO/PCLPRO

/OUTCS

A8

D9

/OU

TC

S

/PC

LPR

O

RAMDB13

D7

RA

M_C

LK_O

UT

AFE_SDI

D4

D2

ME

M_I

NT

RAMDB14

D8

PF

CLK

IN

/FA

XP

RO

D15

PF

CLK

OU

T

D3

D0

A7

A6

A5

CLK

SW

RAMDB9

/INR

EQ

D1

D13 D

5

JTG

_TD

I

D12

D11

RAMDB12

A4

A2

A1

/OU

TAC

K

A9

A3

RAMDB1

D6

SF

CLK

48

RAMDB15

D10

PF

CLK

SY

NC

#

D14

JTG

_TD

O

RAMDB2

/ES

PR

D

MAD8

MAD0

MAD10

MAD3MAD2MAD1

MAD6

MAD9


RAMDB3

RAMDB0

RAMDB11RAMDB10

RAMDB8

MAD12MAD11

MAD7

MAD5MAD4

AFE_DB2

AFE_DB7

AFE_DB0

AFE_DB6

AFE_DB3

AFE_DB4

AFE_DB1

AFE_DB5AFE_DB7AFE_DB6AFE_DB5AFE_DB4

AFE_DB3AFE_DB2AFE_DB1AFE_DB0

AFE_SDI

JTG

_TM

SJT

G_T

CK

JTG_TDIJTG_TMSJTG_TCK

JTG_TDO

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

AFE_SEN

ADCLK

CCD_CP

CCD_PHI1

CCD_PHI2

CCD_TG

AFE_DB[7..0]

CL

CCD_RS

VSAMP

AFE_SCK

AFE_SDI

BSAMP

MM_Y1

MM_PH_AMM_AI0MM_AI1

MM_PH_BMM_BI0MM_BI1

MM_Y2MM_Y3

BANK1BANK0

/SDCAS/SDRAS

/SDCS

DQM0

MAD[12..0]

/SDWDE

SDCKEDQM1

SDCLK

D[15..0]

A[19..0]

/CS

2

MIR

CN

TC

PU

_SY

NC

/LW

R/R

D

RAMDB[15..0]

PM

D

AR

B_I

NT

MM

D

C(/A

SIC

_RS

T)

/LE

ND

VID

EO

#

/RE

SE

T0

(14-D3)

(1-D2),(14-D3)

(14-A3)

(14-A4)

(14-D3)

(14-A2)

(14-A2)

(14-D3)

(14-D3)

(14-A2)

(14-A2)

(14-A2)

(14-A2)

(5-B1)(5-B1)

(6-B3)(6-B3)(6-B3)

(6-B3)(6-B3)(6-B3)

(5-B1)

(3-E2)

(3-E3)

(3-D2)(3-D2)

(3-D2)

(3-D2)

(3-D2)

(3-D2)(3-D2)

(3-E1)

(3-E2)(3-E2)

(1-D2)

(1-C1)

IC5

(5-B

1)

(1-A

2)

(4-C

3)

(1-D

2)

(1-D

2)

(1-B

3)(1

-B3)

(1-B

1)

(5-B

1)(5

-B1)

()

(3-A1)(4-A2)(13-C2)

(3-A3)

(3-A

2)(1

3-B

2)

(8-A

1)

(4-C

1)

(1-B

1)

(9-B

2)

(3-B

2)

A B C

A B C

4

3

2

1

MCU PWB (ASIC section)


R28

10KJ

2 1BR26 33J

1234

8765

BR28 33J

1234

8765

BR34 33J

1234

8765

BR32 33J

1234

8765

BR47 33J

1234

8765

BR51 33J

1234

8765

BR44 33J

1234

8765

BR58 33J

1234

8765

BR55 33J

1234

8765

R4110kJ

21

R40OPEN

21

R3710kJ

21

R38OPEN

21

R4210kJ

21

R39OPEN

21

R46

10J

21

BR59 10kJ1234

8765

BR46 10kJ1234

8765

BR50 10kJ1234

8765

BR54 10kJ1234

8765

BR40 10kJ1234

8765

BR37 10kJ1234

8765

BR35 10kJ1234

8765

C36

47u/16V

12

+

L2ZJSR5101-102TA

1

2

3

C26

0.1u

12

C30

0.1u

12

C28

0.1u

12

C29

0.1u

12

C31

0.1u

12

C32

0.1u

12

C33

0.1u

12

C34

0.1u

12

C35

0.1u

12

C38

0.1u

12

C41

0.1u

12

C39

0.1u

12

C40

0.1u

12

C37

0.1u

12

C42

0.1u

12

C43

0.1u

12

C44

0.1u

12

C45

0.1u

12

C46

0.1u

12

C55

0.1u

12

C62

0.1u

12

C59

0.1u

12

C64

0.1u

12

C63

0.1u

12

C60

0.1u

12

C56

0.1u

12

C58

0.1u

12

C57

0.1u

12

C61

0.1u

12

C27

0.1u

12

BR25 10KJ

1234

8765

C7147p

12

C65

0.1u

12

R310 10J2 1

R311 10J2 1

BR93 10KJ

1234

8765

R35

10kJ

21

/LE

ND

47

VC

C(A

C)

48

OU

TP

00A

49

OU

TP

02A

51

OU

TP

03A

52

OU

TP

04A

53

OU

TP

05A

54

OU

TP

06A

55

VC

C(C

OR

E)

57O

UT

P15

A56

OU

TP

07A

58

OU

TP

08A

59

GN

D(C

OR

E)

60

OU

TP

09A

61

OU

TP

10A

62

OU

TP

11A

63

OU

TP

12A

64

VCC(CORE)86

OUTP13B84

OUTP12B83

OUTP10B81

GN

D(A

C)

69

OUTP09B80

OUTP08B79

OU

TP

03B

72

GND(CORE)78

OUTP07B77

OUTP06B76

OU

TP

00B

68O

UT

P14

A67

VC

C(C

OR

E)

66O

UT

P13

A65

VC

C(A

C)

74O

UT

P04

B73

OUTP11B82

OU

TP

02B

71

OUTP05B75

OUTP14B85

OU

TP

01B

70

TSP_MODE96

OPE_CLK92

/TM87

TM88

OPE_DATA89

OPE_LATCH90

GND(AC)91

VCC(AC)93

/SCANSP94

TSO095

IE1284_STB97

IE1284_AUTOFD98

VCC(CORE)99

IE1284_SLCTIN100

IE1284_INIT101

IE1284_SLCT102

GND(CORE)103

IE1284_PE104

IE1284_BUSY105

IE1284_ACK106

IE1284_FAULT107

VCC(CORE)108

IE1284_REV109

IE1284_PARAD7110

IE1284_PARAD6111

IE1284_PARAD5112

IE1284_PARAD4113

IE1284_PARAD3114

IE1284_PARAD2115

VCC(AC)116

IE1284_PARAD1117

IE1284_PARAD0118

SUSPEND119

GND(AC)120

OEN121

VMOUT122

VPOUT123

GND(CORE)124

VMIN125VPIN126

RCV127

/SCANST128

MD

AT09

176

MD

AT08

175

MD

AT07

174

GN

D(C

OR

E)

173

MD

AT06

172

MD

AT05

171

MD

AT04

170

VC

C(C

OR

E)

169

MD

AT03

168

MD

AT02

167

MD

AT01

166

MD

AT00

165

GN

D(A

C)

164

/INC

S16

3

/INA

CK

162

/OU

TR

EQ

161

GN

D(C

OR

E)

160

/HS

YN

C15

9

PID

ATA

015

8

PID

ATA

115

7

PID

ATA

215

6

VC

C(A

C)

155

PID

ATA

315

4

PID

ATA

415

3

PID

ATA

515

2

PID

ATA

615

1

PID

ATA

715

0

/PO

CS

149

/POREQ148

VCC(AC)147

/PIWT146

/PIACK145

GND(AC)144

/POACK143

/PIREQ142

GND(CORE)141

PODATA0140

PODATA1139

PODATA2138

PODATA3137

PODATA4136

PODATA5135

PODATA6134

PODATA7133

VCC(CORE)132

/TRANSST131

/RECEPTST130

/PRINTST129

OU

TP

01A

50

PIDATA4

PIDATA0

PIDATA5PIDATA6

PIDATA1

PIDATA7

PIDATA2PIDATA3

/REV

/INIT/SLCTIN/AUTOFD/STB

/ACKBUSYPE

/FAULT

SLCT

PARAD1

PARAD2

PARAD6PARAD7

PARAD4PARAD3

PARAD5

PARAD0

/INIT/SLCTIN/AUTOFD/STB

PARAD7PARAD6PARAD5PARAD4

PARAD3PARAD2PARAD1PARAD0

VPINRCV

VMIN

/POREQ/PIREQ

PODATA0PODATA1PODATA2PODATA3

PODATA4PODATA5PODATA6PODATA7

CLKSWMEM_INT

PODATA5

PODATA7

PFCLK

SYNC#

PODATA3

PODATA1PODATA2

PODATA4

PODATA6

PODATA0

RCVVPINVMIN

G3.3V

VCC3VCC3 VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

G3.3V

VCC3

VCC3

/H_SYNC

PIDATA[7..0]

PODATA[7..0]/POACK/PIREQ

/POREQ

/PIACK/PIWR

/SCANSP

/SCANST

/TRANSST

/PRINTST

/REV

/INIT

/ACKBUSYPE

/FAULT

SLCT

/SLCTIN

/STB

PARAD[7..0]

/AUTOFD

OP_CLK

TMTM_

OP_LATCHOP_DATA

(/SYNC)

CPFS2PRHL

MPFSMIRONSPFONKEYSC1

KEYSC3KEYSC2

SP

US

SP

FS

VF

M

MR

PS

1

MC

PM

D

CP

FS

1

DE

VD

IR

MR

PS

3

VF

MC

NT

LDE

N

GR

IDL

MM

D

RR

S

SR

RC

MR

PS

2

BIA

S

TC

/LE

ND

/PR_LINE

/SC_LINE

/IMC_READY

/FP

OF

F

SG

S

(1-B3)(1-A2)

(1-A2)

(12-A3)

(4-C3)

(4-C3)

(4-C3)

(4-C2)(4-C2)

(4-D4)

(5-B

1)

(5-B

1)(5

-B1)

(5-B

4)(5

-B4)

(5-B

4)

(5-B

3)

(5-B

3)(5

-B2)

(5-B

2)(5

-B2)

(5-B

2)(5

-B3)

(5-B3)(5-B3)(5-B2)

(5-B3)(4-C2)(4-C2)

(4-A

1)

(4-C2)(4-C2)(4-C2)

(8-A2)

(4-C3)

(12-A3)

(8-A2)

(8-A2)

(8-A2)

(8-A4)(8-A2)(8-A4)(8-A4)

(8-A2)

(8-A2)

(8-A4)

(12-A3)

(12-A3)(12-A3)(12-A3)(12-A3)

(12-A3)(12-A3)(12-A3)(12-A3)

(5-B

4)

(5-B

3)

C D E

C D E

4

3

2

1

2/14


R4910kJ

R51 0J21

R48

0J2

1

R47

10kJ

21

IC7

Flash ROM

A025A124

A223A322A421A520A619A718

A88A97A106A115A124A133A142A151

A1648

A1717

DQ029

DQ131

DQ233

DQ335

DQ438

DQ540

DQ642

DQ744

DQ830

DQ932

DQ1034

DQ1136

DQ1239

DQ1341

DQ1443

DQ1545

NC9

NC10

NC16

GND46

GND27

VCC37

VPP13

BYTE47

OE28

CE26

WE11

RP12

WP14

RY/BY15

R52

OP

EN

21

R53

OP

EN

21

C74

0.1u

12

C73

0.1u

12

IC8

IS63LV1024L-12J-TR

I/O06

A01

I/O17

A12

I/O210

A23

I/O311

A34

I/O422

A413

I/O523

A514

I/O626

A615

I/O727

A716

A817

A918

A1019

A1120

A1221

A1329

A1430

CS15

OE28

WE12

VDD8

GND9

VDD24

A1531

A1632

GND25

HWRZ

A12

A7

A10A11

A17

A9

A12

A5

A16

A14A1

D14D15

RDZ

A15

A8

A6

D10A2

A4

A10

A14A13

A15

A3

D8

D12

A6

A16

A7

A11

CS1Z

A2

A4

A8

HWRZ

D9

D11A13

A9

A18A19

D13A5

A1

A0

A3

VCC3

VCC3VCC3

D[15..0]

/CS1/RD

/HWR

A[19..0]

RY/BY

/RESET0

(2-A1)

(1-D2)

(1-A2)(1-B3)(1-B3)

(1-D3)

Flash ROM

LH28F400BVE-BL85

R51 OPEN

IC7

(1-C1)

(2-C1)(15-B2)

(2-A1)(4-A2)(15-C2)

A B

A B

4

3

2

1

MCU PWB (Memory section)


R50 0J21

C750.1u

12

R4910kJ

21

C760.1u

12

C770.1u

12

C780.1u

12

C790.1u

12

C800.1u

12

C810.1u

12

C820.1u

12

IC6

SDRAM (16bit x 4bank)

A023

A124

A225

A326

A429

A530

A631

A732

A833

A934

A1022

BA020

DQ02

DQ14

DQ25

DQ37

DQ48

DQ510

DQ611

DQ713

DQ842

DQ944

DQ1045

DQ1147

DQ1248

DQ1350

DQ1451

DQ1553

VCC1

VCC27

VSS54

VSS28

VCCQ9

VSS41

VCCQ43

VCCQ49

VSSQ6

VSSQ12

VSSQ46

VSSQ52

LDQM15

UDQM39

WE16

CAS17

RAS18

CS19

CLKE37

CLK38

NC40

NC36

VCCQ3

VCC14

BA121

A1135

25

48

29

31

33

35

38

40

42

44

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

4546

27

37

47

28

26

RAMDB0

RAMDB9RAMDB10

RAMDB11RAMDB12

RAMDB13RAMDB14

RAMDB15

RAMDB7 RAMDB8

RAMDB3

RAMDB1

RAMDB5RAMDB6

RAMDB2

RAMDB4

MAD8MAD9

MAD4MAD5

MAD11

MAD1MAD0MAD10

MAD7

MAD12

A17

A1

RDZ

MAD3MAD2

MAD6

D4

D8

D14

D5

D9

D10D2

D15

D3

D6

D12

D1

D11

D0

D13

D7

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3VCC3

/CS0

MAD[12..0]

BANK0BANK1

/SDCS

/SDWDE/SDCAS/SDRAS

DQM0DQM1SDCLKSDCKE

RAMDB[15..0]

(1-A2)

(2-A2)

(2-A3)

SDRAM Vendor/Type

128Mb(2Mx16bitx4bank)

BL85 LH28F800BJE-PBTL90

0J

IC6

(2-A2)(2-A2)(2-A2)(2-A3)(2-A3)(2-A3)

(2-A2)(2-A2)(2-A2)

(2-A2)

64Mb(1Mx16bitx4bank)

MT48LC8M16A2TG-75(Micron)HY57V281620HCT(Hyndai)K4S281632E-TC75(Samsung)W981216BH-75(Winbond)

HY57V641620HGT-P(Hyndai)MT48LC4M16A2TG-75(Micron)K4S641632F-TC75(Samsung)K4S641632E-TC1H(Samsung)W986416DH-7(Winbond)

C D E

C D E

4

3

2

1

3/14


C83

0.1u

12

R56

10J21

C84

33p

12

C87

0.1u

12

R57

10J

21

C88

33p

12

C90

0.1u

12

R60

10J

21

C91

33p

12

R5910kJ

21

IC9

74HC151

D04

D13

D22

D31

D415

D514

D613

D712

A11

B10

C9

G7

W 6

Y 5

VCC 16

GND 8

IC11

74HC151

D04

D13

D22

D31

D415

D514

D613

D712

A11

B10

C9

G7

W 6

Y 5

VCC 16

GND 8

IC13

74HC151

D04

D13

D22

D31

D415

D514

D613

D712

A11

B10

C9

G7

W 6

Y 5

VCC 16

GND 8

IC15

74LCX574

D12

D23

D34

D45

D56

D67

D78

D89

CLK11

OC1

Q1 19

Q2 18

Q3 17

Q416

Q5 15

Q6 14

Q713

Q812

VCC20

GND10

IC17

NC7S32M5X

1

24

53

C94

0.1u

12

C93

0.1u

12

BR68

10kJ

1234

8765

R5510kJ

21

C109

0.1u

12

C1030.1u

12

IC20

NC7ST08M5X

1

24

R30810kJ

21

R30910kJ

21

R31

510

kJ 21R

317

10kJ 2

1

IC18

TC7SBD385AFU

A1 B 2

OE4

GND3

Vcc 5

R33610kJ

21

C38

947

pF1

2

R34433J

21R34533J

21R34633J

21

C39

033

pF1

2C

391

33F

R3470J

21R3480J

21R3490J

21R3500J

21

C39

3O

PE

N1

2C

394

OP

EN

12

C39

5O

PE

N1

2C

396

OP

EN

D15

D11

D8

D10

D12

D9

D13D14

/RESET#

5V

5V

5V5V

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

EN5V

VCC3

EN5V

VCC3

EN5V

SIN1SIN2SIN3

SELIN1SELIN2SELIN3

OP_CLKOP_DATA

SPFMT0SPFMT1

SPFMT3MIRONSPFON

TMTM_

SIN1

SIN2

(SELIN1)(SELIN2)(SELIN3)

(PPD1)(POD)(MFD)

(CED1)(TCS)

(PMRDY)DVS1

(DRST)

(PPD2)(PPD3)

THOPEN(CED2)DSWS

(MMLD)

(SDSW)(SPID)(SB4D)

FW

SPFMT2/MIRCNT

SIN3

MIRCNT

LCDDB7LCDDB6LCDDB5LCDDB4

LCDELCDRS

D[15..0]

/HWR

/CS3

SFTMT0SFTMT1SFTMT2SFTMT3

KEYSC1KEYSC2KEYSC3

KEYIN

DEVDIR

(SCL1)

SDA1(SDA1)

OP_LATCHPSL

(SDOD)(PD1)(PD2)

SCL

BZR

MCNT

/RESET0

/ASIC_RST

SPFSSRRCSGSSPUS

(7-E1)

(7-E2)

(7-E3)

(4-E2)

(7-E1)

(7-E2)

(7-E3)

(7-E4)

(7-E4)

(7-E4)

(7-E3)(7-E4)(7-E3)(7-E1)

(7-C4)

(5-E2)

(7-E4)

(11-D3)(7-E4)

(4-C4)

(4-C4)

(4-C4)

(10-C4)

(2-D2)(2-D2)

(2-D2)

(1-B3)(1-B3)(1-B3)

(1-A2)(1-A2)(1-A2)(1-A2)

(4-C3)

(2-D1)(2-D1)

Digital Input Multiplexer

3

3

3.3V

5V/3.3V

(1-D2)

(3-A2)

Extension Digital Output Port

5V

5V

3.3V

3.3V

For CRUM Model Only

(4-E2)(4-E2)

(10-E3)(10-E3)(10-E3)

(7-E4)

(3-A1) (2-A1)(15-C2)

(1-A2)

(1-B3)

(6-D3)(6-D3)(6-D3)(6-D3)

(2-C1)

(1-E2) (11-D3)

(2-D2)(2-D2)(1-A2)

(2-D1)(2-D1)(2-D1)

(1-D3)(1-D3)(1-D3)(1-D3)(1-D3)(1-D3)

(1-D3)

(7-E4)

A B C

A B C

4

3

2

1

MCU PWB (Driver section 1)


C86

0.1u

12

C920.1u

12

C89

0.1u

12

BR67

10kJ

1234

8765

IC10

74LCX244

1A12

1A24

1A36

1A48

2A111

2A213

2A315

2A417

1G1

2G19

1Y1 18

1Y2 16

1Y3 14

1Y412

2Y1 9

2Y2 7

2Y3 5

2Y43

VCC20

GND10

C10

40.

1u1

2C

950.

1u1

2

IC16

74VHCT244

1A12

1A24

1A36

1A48

2A111

2A213

2A315

2A417

1G1

2G19

1Y118

1Y2 16

1Y3 14

1Y412

2Y19

2Y2 7

2Y3 5

2Y43

VCC 20

GND10

R61 100J21

R58

10kJ 2

1

BR88 33J1234

8765

IC14

74LCX244

1A12

1A24

1A36

1A48

2A111

2A213

2A315

2A417

1G1

2G19

1Y1 18

1Y2 16

1Y3 14

1Y412

2Y1 9

2Y2 7

2Y35

2Y43

VCC20

GND10

R31

510

kJ 21

IC12

74LCX244

1A12

1A24

1A36

1A48

2A111

2A213

2A315

2A417

1G1

2G19

1Y1 18

1Y216

1Y3 14

1Y4 12

2Y1 9

2Y27

2Y3 5

2Y4 3

VCC 20

GND10

IC19

74LCX244

1A12

1A24

1A36

1A48

2A111

2A213

2A315

2A417

1G1

2G19

1Y118

1Y216

1Y3 14

1Y4 12

2Y19

2Y2 7

2Y3 5

2Y4 3

VCC 20

GND10

IC45

NC7WZ17

A11

A23

Y1 6

Y2 4

GND2

Vcc 5

C85

47p

12

R5410kJ

21

C379

0.1u

12

R323 1kJ21

C37

70.

01uF

12

R324 33J21

C37

8O

PE

N1

2

IC107

NC7ST08M5X

1

24

C3800.1u

12

12

2R34533J

22

C39

033

pF1

2C

391

33pF

12

C39

233

pF1

2

C39

4O

PE

N1

2C

395

OP

EN

12

C39

6O

PE

N1

2

R342100J

12

C388

OPEN

12

/RESET#

VCC3

VCC3

5V

VCC3

VCC3

5V

VCC3

5V

5V

(KEYIN)

(FW)

(SIN1)(SIN2)(SIN3)

(SELIN1)(SELIN2)(SELIN3)

(OP_DATA)(OP_LATCH)

(SPFMT0)(SPFMT1)(SPFMT2)(SPFMT3)

(TM)(TM_)

(LCDDB7)(LCDDB6)(LCDDB5)(LCDDB4)(LCDE)(LCDRS)

(KEYSC1)(KEYSC2)(KEYSC3)

/VIDEOVIDEO#

(OP_CLK)

(PSL)

(BZR)

/SYNC (/SYNC)

/RESET1

(/ASIC_RST)

SPFS#SRRC#SGS#SPUS#

(1-A3)

(4-A4)

(10-E3)

(10-E3)

(6-D2)(6-D2)

(6-B1)(6-B1)(6-B1)(6-B1)

3.3V

3.3V

3.3V 3.3V

V/3.3V

5V3.3V

3.3V

(10-E3)(10-E3)(10-E4)

(4-A4) (10-E3)(4-A4) (10-E3)(10-E3)(10-E3)(10-E3)

(2-C1)

(10-E3)(10-E3)(10-E3)(10-E3)(10-E3)(10-E3)

(10-E3)

(11-A2)

3.3V

(11-B2) (2-E1)

C D E

C D E

4

3

2

1

4/14


IC23

KID65001AF

1B1

2B2

3B3

4B4

5B5

6B6

7B7

E8 COM 9

1C 16

2C15

3C14

4C 13

5C 12

6C11

7C 10

IC25

TD62064AF

I13

NC4

NC5

I26

NC10

I311

NC12

NC13

GND17

O1 2

O2 7

O3 9

O4 16

COM 1

COM 8GND18

I414

NC15

IC26

KID65503F

1B1

2B2

3B3

4B4

5B5

6B6

7B7

G8 NC 9

1C 16

2C 15

3C14

4C 13

5C 12

6C11

7C10

IC27

KID65503F

1B1

2B2

3B3

4B4

5B5

6B6

7B7

G8

NC9

1C 16

2C 15

3C 14

4C13

5C 12

6C 11

7C 10

IC21

KID65001AF

1B1

2B2

3B3

4B4

5B5

6B6

7B7

E8

COM9

1C 16

2C 15

3C 14

4C13

5C 12

6C 11

7C10

BR107 1.5kJ

1234

8765

BR109 1.5kJ

1234

8765

BR108 1.5kJ1234

8765

R3251.5kJ

21

R3431.5kJ

21

PGND

PGND

PGND

24V

24V

24V

MCBIAS

TCGRIDL

CPFS1MPFS

RRS

VFMVFMCNT

MRPS1

HLLDEN

PMCLK

PMD

PR

FTH

MM_Y2

MMDMM_Y1

MM_Y3

SPUS#

SPFS#

SRRC#

SGS#

/MC/BIAS/TC/GRIDL

/CPFS1/MPFS/RRS

/PR/VFMCNT

PMCLK_A

/PMD

MRPS_1

/LDEN

MMref1

/MMD

MMref2

MMref0

/SGS

/SPUS

/SRRC

/SPFS

MRPS_2

POFF /POFF

MRPS2MRPS3 MRPS_3

/LEND

MCNT /MCNT

CPFS2 /CPFS2

For SPF/DSPF Model Only

(11-E1)

(2-C1)(2-C1)(2-C1)(2-C1)

(10

(10(10

(10

(2-C1)(2-D1)

(2-D1)

(2-C1)

(2-D1)(2-C1)

(5-E3)(2-D1)(2-C1)(2-D1)(2-D1)(2-C1)(1-A2)

(10(11

(11

(6-A(6-A(6-A

(2-C1)

(2-C1)

(2-C1)

(2-A3)

(2-C1)

(2-A3)

(1-D3)

(11-E1)

(11-E1)

(11-E1)

A B C

A B C

4

3

2

1



R687.5kF

21

R714.3kF

21

D1

MA700

1 2

R671MF

21

R661kF

21

R7010kF

21

R691kJ

21

C11122000p

12 C113

0.1u1

2

R81300J 21

R82100J 21

C112

0.1u

12

R831.2kF

21

R8510kF

21

R8410kJ

21

C114

22000p

12

D4

1SS355

12

R73

47kJ21

R78

4.7kJ1/4W

21

R86240J

21

R87240J

21

IC22AKIA393F

3

21

84

+

-

C110

0.1u

12

IC22BKIA393F

5

67

84

+

-

IC24AKIA358F

3

21

84

+

-

IC24BKIA358F

5

67

84

+

-

Q2KRA119S 1

2

3

Q1KTA1505S

Q3KRC106S

1

2

3

R8810kJ

21

D2

KDS226

2

13

D3

KDS226

2

13

D40

1SS355

12

12V

24V

INT5V

12VVCC3

VCC3 VCC3

12VVCC3

12V

12V

12V

VCC3

5V

5V

PGND

CAS

CRIDL

VFMOUT

HLOUT

/CPFS1/MPFS/RRS

/PR/VFMCNT

MCLK_A

MD

RPS_1

DEN

Mref1

MD

Mref2

Mref0

RPS_2

FTH

RTH

THOPEN

RTH_IN

OFF

RPS_3

SHOLD

CNT

PFS2

(10-A4)

(10-A4)(10-B4)

(10-B4)

(10-A3)(11-A3)

(11-A3)

(11-B3)

(11-B2)

(11-B2)

(6-A1)(6-A1)(6-A1)

(10-B3)

(10-B4)(11-B2)

(11-B2)

(11-A4)

(6-A3)(6-A3)(6-A3)

(1-A3)

(4-A4)

(5-B2)

(11-C1)

C D E

C D E

4

3

2

1

5/14


R107300J

21

C125 2200p

1 2

R99 7.5kJ21

C126 2200p1 2

R100 7.5kJ

21

C132

2200p

12

C136

OPEN

12

C130

OPEN

12

C127 OPEN

1 2

C137 OPEN1 2

C135

2200p

12

R104 2.4kJ

21

R111 2.4kJ21

R1011kJ

21

R1151kJ

21

C134

0.1u

12

R108620J

21

R1091.2kJ

21

R110100J

21

R102750J

21

C116820p

1 2

C117820p

12

C118820p

12

C1210.1u

12

C115820p

1 2

C1190.1u

12

R921.5kJ

21

R90

0.68J1W

21

R9430kJ

21

R9530kJ

21

R911.5kJ

21

R89

0.68J1W

21

R98510J

21

R971kJ

21

R962kJ

21

R103 1J 2W

21

R931kJ

21

IC31

MTD1361/F

CrA23

CrB20

VsA25

RsA3

VrefA24

VrefB19

RsB12

VsB18

In /A26

In A27

In /B17

In B16

Vmm 22

OUT /A1

OUT A 4

OUT /B 14

OUT B11

PG 15

PG 28

IC29

L6219DS or AMM56219

OUT 2A2

SENSE 23

COMP 24

OUT 2B5

GND6

GND7

I028

I129

PHASE 210

VREF 211

RC 212 VSS 13RC 1 14VREF 1 15PHASE 116I11 17GND 18GND 19I0120OUT 1B 21COMP 1 22SENSE 123VS24

OUT 1A1

R114 1J 2W21

C1230.1u/50V

12

C120.1u/50

CP20603FA1.5A

1 2

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

5V

24VM 5V

5V

24VM

5V

PGNDPGND

PGND

PGND

PGND PGND

PGND

PGND

24VM

MM_PH_A

OUT_A-

MM_AI0

MM_PH_B

MM_BI0MM_BI1

MM_AI1

OUT_A+

OUT_B-

MMref0MMref1MMref2

SPMT_2

(SPFMT2)

SPMT_0SPMT_3SPMT_1

MRPS_1MRPS_2MRPS_3

(SPFMT0)(SPFMT3)(SPFMT1)

OUT_B+

(10-D2)

(2-A3)(2-A3)(2-A3)

(2-A3)

(2-A3)(2-A3)

(5-C1)(5-C1)(5-C1)

(5-C2)(5-C2)(5-C2)

(4-D3)(4-D3)(4-D3)(4-D3)

(11-D1)(11-D1)

(11-E1)

(11-E1)

Scanner Motor Driver

SPF Motor Driver

(10-D2)(10-D2)(10-D2)

A B C

A B C

4

3

2

1



D5

MTZ J22B

R11347kJ

21

R11247kJ

21

C12810u/35V

12

+

IC28

TD62064AF

I13

NC4

NC5

I26

NC10

I311

NC12

NC13

GND17

O12

O27

O39

O416

COM1

COM8

GND18

I414

NC15

R1051kJ

21

R1061kJ

21

IC32

BA6920FP

Vcc 17

GND 8

Rin20

Fin18 OUT1 9

OUT2 5

VM16

VREF21

RNF6

PSAVE19

NC1

NC2

NC3

NC4

NC7

NC10

NC11

NC12

NC13 NC 14NC 15NC22NC 23NC 24NC 25

FIN FIN

C129

0.1u/50V

12

D6

MTZ J22B

IC30

TD62064AF

I13

NC4

NC5

I26

NC10

I311

NC12

NC13

GND17

O12

O2 7

O39

O4 16

COM1

COM8

GND18

I414

NC1512

CP30603FA1.5A

1 2

C1240.1u/50V

12

C12247u/35V

12

+

CP10603FA1.5A

1 2R3380J

21

R3390J

21

R3400J

21

R3410J

21

PGND

24V

PGND

PGND

PGND

PGND

24VSFT

24VDup

PGND

24V

24VSFT

24VDup

DMT0 /DMT0

DMT1

DMT2

DMT3

/DMT1

/DMT2

/DMT3

(TM)(TM_)

TMB_OTMA_O

SFTMT0 /SFTMT0

SFTMT1

SFTMT2

/SFTMT1

/SFTMT2

/SFTMT3

SFTMT3

(11-D1)(11-D1)

(11-E1)

(11-E1)

(11-B3)

(11-B3)

(11-B3)

(11-B3)

(1-D3)

(1-D3)

(1-D3)

(1-D3)

(4-D3)(4-D3)

(11-A1)(11-A1)

Duplex Motor Driver

Shifter Motor Driver

Tonner Motor Driver

(4-B2)

(4-B2)

(4-B2)

(4-B2)

(11-A1)

(11-A1)

(11-A1)

(11-A1)

C D E

C D E

4

3

2

1

6/14


C138

0.1μF

12

C139

OPEN

12

C140

0.1μF

12

C141

0.1μF

12

C142

OPEN

12

C195

22u/16V

12

+ C197

0.1u

12

D121SS355

1 2

D171SS355

12

R13220kJ

21

R13320kJ

21

R1342.7kJ

21

C165

0.1u

12

C143

OPEN

12

C144

OPEN1

2

C145

OPEN

12

C146

OPEN

12

C147

OPEN

12

C148

OPEN

12

C149

OPEN

12

C150

OPEN

12

C151

OPEN

12

C152

OPEN

12

C153

OPEN

12

C154

OPEN

12

C155

OPEN1

2

C156

OPEN

12

C157

OPEN

12

C158

OPEN

12

C159

OPEN

12

C160

0.1μF

12

C161

0.1μF

12

C162

OPEN

12

C163

OPEN

12

C164

OPEN

12

C174

0.1μF

12

C175

0.1μF

12

C176

0.1μF

12

C177

0.1μF

12

C178

0.1μF

12

C179

0.1μF

12

C180

0.1μF

12

C181

0.1μF

12

C182

OPEN

12

R135

0.22J 2W

21

R1361kJ2W

21

C183

47u/35V

12

+C184

0.1u/50V

12

R145100J 2W

21

D201SS355

12

IC33

KIA7805

IN1

GN

D2

OUT3

C190

0.1u

12

C189

47u/35V

12

+

C198

0.1u

12

C196

22u/16V

12

+

C194

0.1u

12

L6ZJSR5101-223

1

2

3

C192

22u/16V

12

+C193

0.1u

12

L5ZJSR5101-223

1

2

3

C191

47u/25V

12

+

D11

KDS226

2

13

5V

PGNDPGND

INT24V

VCC3

24V

PGND

INT24V

INT5V

EN5V

VCC3

5V

12V

DSWS

24V1(DSWS)

3.3VIN12VIN

(9-A3)

(4-A3)

(11(11(11(11

(11

(11(11

(11(11

(11(11

(11

(11(11

(10

(10

(10-B4)(10-A4)

(11(11

(11

A B C

A B C

4

3

2

1

MCU PWB (Noise filter/Pull-up section)


R12239kJ

21

C171

1000p

12

R130 1kJ21R131 1kJ21

R13710kJ

21

R13810kJ

21

R13939kJ

21

R14010kJ

21

C185

1000p

12

C186

1000p

12

C187

1000p

12

C188

1000p

12

C199

1000p

12

R14639kJ

21

R1487.5kJ

21

R1497.5kJ

21

R1507.5kJ

21

R127 1kJ21

R142 1kJ21R143 1kJ21R144 1kJ21

R141 1kJ21

R14739kJ

21

C200

1000p

12

C202

1000p

12

C201

1000p

12

R12110kJ

21

C173

1000p

12

R125 1kJ21R126 1kJ21

C172

1000p

12

R128 1kJ21

R12310kJ

21

R129 1kJ21

R124 1kJ21

C168

1000p

12

C169

1000p

12

C170

1000p

12

R1194.7kJ

21

R12010kJ

21

R11810kJ

21

R11710kJ

21

R11610kJ

21

C167

1000p

12

C166

1000p

12

R158 1kJ21R159 1kJ21

R157 1kJ21

C203

1000p

12

C204

1000p

12

R154 1kJ21R153 1kJ21

R156 1kJ21R155 1kJ21

R1523.3kJ

21

R15110kJ

21

D7

KDS226

2

13

D8

KDS226

2

13

D14

KDS226

2

13

D15

KDS226

2

13

D16

KDS226

2

13

D18

KDS226

2

13

D19

KDS226

2

13

D21

KDS226

2

13

D22

KDS226

2

13

D23

KDS226

2

13

D24

KDS226

2

13

D27

KDS226

2

13

D28

KDS226

2

13

D25

KDS226

2

13

D26

KDS226

2

13

D29

KDS226

2

13

D9

KDS226

2

13

D10

KDS226

2

13

D13

KDS226

2

13

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V VCC3

VCC3

SB4D

PODPMRDY

(SDSW)

(SB4D)

(POD)(PMRDY)

TCSMFD

MMLD

DVS1

(MMLD)

(TCS)(MFD)

DRST

PSWSPPD

(PPD3)

DVSEL

(SPID)

(PPD2)

(DRST)

(SPPD)

(CED1)CED2

(PSW)

PPD1

CED1(CED2)

PPD2(PPD1)

PD1PD2

(PD1)(PD2)

SDSWSPID

PPD3

(11-D1)(11-E1)(11-E1)(11-D2)

(11-A2)

(11-C3)(11-C3)

(11-A4)(11-C1)

(11-C1)(11-C2)

(11-D1)

(11-D2)(11-B4)

(10-E4)

(10-E4)

(4-A3)(11-E1)(4-A3)(4-A4)

(4-A4)(4-A4)

(4-A4)(4-A4)(4-A4)(4-A3)

(1-D2)

(4-A4)

(4-A4)(4-A3)

(1-D2)

(4-A4)

(4-A4)

(11-B1)(11-D2)

(11-C2)

(4-A3)(4-A3)

D E

D E

4

3

2

1

7/14


R2251

BR69 150JX41234 5

678

C2830.1U

12

R235 4.7KJ1 2

C2840.1U

12

C2940.1U

12

R232

10kJ

12

12

C2860.1U

12

C2930.1U

12

C2750.1U

12

C2740.1U

12

C2601U

12

C30012P

1 2

R236 4.7KJ1 2

C2780.1U

12

R233 OPEN1 2

C2631U

12

C2920.1U

12

R218 33J1 2

BR77 1234 5

678

12

C2960.1U

12

R231

7.5kF

12

C267NC

12

R2261

C2770.1U

12

R234 OPEN1 2

BR71 150JX41234 5

678

R237 0J1 2

C2760.1U

12

C2730.1U

12

BR70 150JX41234 5

678

C2620.01U

12

C2950.1U

12

C2970.1U

12

X416.1511MHz

12

C2870.1U

12

BR73 33JX41234 5

678

C2590.01U

12

BR72 150JX41234 5

678

12

BR78 1234 5

678

C30612P

1 2

C2880.1U

12

C2850.1U

12

BR38 33J

1234

8765

BR36 33J

1234

8765

BR75 1234 5

678

BR74 1234 5

678

R244 10KJ12

R241 10KJ12

R243 10KJ12R242 10KJ12

R240 10KJ12

IC37

OA-982

GP_C0/PB_ADDR0199

GP_C1/PB_ADDR1201

GP_C2/PB_ADDR2202

GP_C3/PB_ADDR3203

GP_C4/PB_ADDR4204

GP_C5/PB_ADDR5205

GP_C6/PB_ADDR6207

GP_C7/PB_ADDR7208

REG_A9/PB_NCS1178

REG_A8/PB_NCS2180

GP_A126

GP_A2/DC_CHY128

GP_A3/DC_CHX129

GP_A4/DC_PWM130

GP_A5/DC_CHY031

GP_A6/DC_CHX032

GP_A024

GP_A7/DC_PWM034

GP_B0/USART0_TX1

GP_B1/USART0_RX2

GP_B2/USART0_CK8

GP_B3/ANA_SD19

GP_B4/DT_ACKB11

GP_B5/DT_REQB12

GP_B6/DT_ACKA13

GP_B7/DT_REQA14

GP_D0/ADC_A015

GP_D1/ADC_A116

GP_D2/ADC_A219

GP_D3/ADC_CLK21

REG_AD0/PB_DATA0189

REG_AD1/PB_DATA1188

REG_AD2/PB_DATA2187

REG_AD3/PB_DATA3186

REG_AD4/PB_DATA4185

REG_AD5/PB_DATA5183

REG_AD6/PB_DATA6182

REG_AD7/PB_DATA7181

REG_ADDR_VALID/PB_NCS0190

REG_RD_L/PB_NCS3194

REG_WR_L/PB_NAE0195

REG_CS_L/PB_NAE1196

REG_RDY/PB_NWE197

VSS_CORE191

VSS_IO150

VSS_CORE173

VSS_IO136

VSS_CORE121

VSS_IO123

VSS_CORE139

VSS_CORE87

VSS_IO108

VSS_CORE69

VSS_IO98

VSS_CORE35

VSS_IO86

VSS_CORE17

VSS_IO76

VSS_IO64

VSS_IO54

VSS_IO206

VSS_IO41

VSS_IO193

VSS_IO27

VSS_IO10

VSS_IO179

VSS_IO164

INTERRUPT_L/PB_NOE198

RESET_L112

TCK114

TMS116

TDI117

TDO113

BASE_CLK/GP_PWM1168

MAIN_CLK/GP_PWM0170

CLK_EXT/GP_PWM2169

TEST_MODE0172

XIN5

XOUT4

PP_HIDRIVE/USART1_RX143

PP_DRIVE/USART1_TX145

PP_NINIT146

PP_NFAULT147

PP_NSELECTIN151

PP_NAUTOFD152

PP_SELECT153

PP_PERROR154

PP_BUSY155

PP_NACK156

PP_DATA7157

PP_DATA6159

PP_DATA5160

PP_DATA4161

PP_DATA3162

PP_DATA2163

PP_DATA1/USART1_CK165

PP_DATA0166

PP_NSTROBE167

PO_LINE_SYNC/ANA_SCLK37

PO_PAGE_SYNC/ANA_NCS38

PO_REQ/ANA_SD039

PO_ACK/PDATA0/PDS040

PO_DONE/PDATA2/PDS242

PO_WR/PDATA1/PDS143

PO_DATA7/LHEAT/PAS_M44

PO_DATA6/LCTRL/CFIRE245

PO_DATA5/AGATE/CFIRE147

PO_DATA4/ACLK/MFIRE248

PO_DATA3/PENABLE/MFIRE149

PO_DATA2/PLOAD50

PO_DATA1/PCLK51

PO_DATA0/PDATA3/PAS_C52

PI_LINE_SYNC/GP_D6119

PI_TR_TGEN120

PI_TGEN6124

PI_TGEN5125

PI_TGEN4126

PI_TGEN3127

PI_TGEN2128

PI_TGEN1129

PI_TGEN0131

PI_DATA7132

PI_DATA6133

PI_DATA5134

PI_DATA4135

PI_DATA3137

PI_DATA2138

PI_DATA1141

PI_DATA0142

SDRAM_DATA1553

SDRAM_DATA1455

SDRAM_DATA1356

SDRAM_DATA1257

SDRAM_DATA1158

SDRAM_DATA1060

SDRAM_DATA961

SDRAM_DATA862

SDRAM_DATA763

SDRAM_DATA665

SDRAM_DATA566

SDRAM_DATA467

SDRAM_DATA368

SDRAM_DATA272

SDRAM_DATA173

SDRAM_DATA074

ROM_CS_L75

SDRAM_CS1B_L77

SDRAM_CKE78

SDRAM_CLK79

SDRAM_ADDR1182

SDRAM_BANK183

SDRAM_BANK084

SDRAM_ADDR1085

SDRAM_ADDR989

SDRAM_ADDR890

SDRAM_ADDR791

SDRAM_ADDR692

SDRAM_ADDR594

SDRAM_ADDR495

SDRAM_ADDR396

SDRAM_ADDR297

SDRAM_ADDR199

SDRAM_ADDR0100

SDRAM_RAS_L101

SDRAM_CS1A_L102

SDRAM_CS0_L104

SDRAM_DQMB1105

SDRAM_DQMA1106

SDRAM_DQMB0107

SDRAM_DQMA0109

SDRAM_CAS_L110

SDRAM_WE_L111

VDD_IO144

VDD_CORE192

VDD_IO130

VDD_CORE174

VDD_IO115

VDD_CORE140

VDD_IO103

VDD_CORE122

VDD_IO93

VDD_CORE88

VDD_IO81

VDD_CORE70

VDD_IO71

VDD_CORE36

VDD_IO59

VDD_CORE18

VDD_IO46

VDD_IO200

VDD_IO33

VDD_IO184

VDD_IO20

VDD_IO171

VDD_IO3

VDD_IO158

PLLCS_VDDA7

PLLCS_VSSA6

SDRAM_ADDR1280

USB_DP176

USB_DM175

PLLSS_VDDA149

PLLSS_VSSA148

TEST_MODE1177

TRST_L118

GP_D4/ADC_DATA22

GP_D5/ADC_NCS23

VDD_IO25

R320 10KJ12

BR111 33JX41234 5

678

BR112 33JX41234 5

678

BR113 33JX41234 5

678

BR114 33JX41234 5

678

R332 33J1 2

R333 33J1 2R334 33J1 2R335 33J1 2

SDRAM_DATA0

SDRAM_DATA5

_SDRAM_DQMA0

SDRAM_DQMA1

SDRAM_DATA11

_SDRAM_DQMB1

SDRAM_DATA10

SDRAM_CKE

XOUT

SDRAM_DATA6

SDRA

SDRAM_DATA15

SDRAM_DATA9

SDRAM_CS0_L

_SDRAM_DQMA1_SDRAM_DQMB0SDRAM_DQMB0

SDRAM_DQMA0

SDRAM_DATA8

SDRAM_DATA12

SDRAM_DATA14

SDRAM_DATA3SDRAM_DATA2

SDRAM_DATA4

SDRAM_DATA7

SDRAM_DATA13

SDRAM_DQMB1

_SDRAM_CS0_L

SDRAM_DATA1

TRST_L

TCKTMS

XIN

SDRA

SD

TDI

CLK_EXT

PB_ADDR3

PB_ADDR0

PB_ADDR6

PB_ADDR1

PB_ADDR4

PB_ADDR7

PB_ADDR5

PB_ADDR2

_SDRAM_DATA6

_SDRAM_DATA12

_SDRAM_DATA8

_SDRAM_DATA5

_SDRAM_DATA11_SDRAM_DATA10

_SDRAM_DATA13

_SDRAM_DATA2

_SDRAM_DATA14

_SDRAM_DATA9

_SDRAM_DATA0

_SDRAM_DATA7


_SDRAM_DATA1

_SDRAM_DATA15

TDO

PODATA7PODATA6PODATA5PODATA4PODATA3PODATA2PODATA1PODATA0

PB_DATA4

PB_DATA1PB_DATA0

PB_DATA5PB_DATA6PB_DATA7

PB_DATA2PB_DATA3

TRST_LTDI

TMSTCKTDO

PIDATA1PIDATA0

PIDATA2

PIDATA4

RY_BY

PIDATA6PIDATA7

PIDATA3

PIDATA5

SDRAM_ADDR11

SDRAM_ADDR3

SDRAM_ADDR8

SDRAM_ADDR12

SDRAM_ADDR0SDRAM_ADDR1

SDRAM_ADDR9

SDRAM_ADDR2


SDRAM_ADDR10

SDRAM_ADDR7

SDRAM_ADDR4

/FPOFF

/FPOFF

SDRAM_BANK0SDRAM_BANK1

OA3.3V

OA3.3V

OA3.3V

VCC3

VCC3

/POACK

CLK_EXT

/POREQ

/SC_LINE

CLK_EXT

ES_CMDESS_TS

DT_REQBDT_ACKB

PB_DATA[7:0]PB_NCS1

PB_ADDR[7:0]

PB_NCS3PB_NAE0

PB_NOEPB_NWE

/PR_LINE

/ES_PAGE

/IMC_READY

/ESC_RDY

INT_USBD

WAKEUP

SUSPEND

USBVBUS

(FW)

/H_SYNC

/ESS_RDY

PODATA[7..0]

MDM_IRQ

PIDATA[7..0] /PIREQ

/PIACK

/PIWR

TCKTMSTDI

TRST_L

/FPOFF

MODEM_IN

OA_TX

OA_RX

(/ASIC_RST)TDO

(2-D3)

(2-D3)

(2-D3)(2-D4)

(8-C1)

(13-C3)(13-C4)(9-B3)(9-B3)

(9-A2)(9-A2) (13-C3)

(9-B2)(9-B2)

(13-C3)(13-C3)

(9-B3) (13-C4)

(1-B3)(1-B3)

(1-D2)(9-B2)(9-B2)

(1-A3)(1-B3)(1-B3)(9-D3)

(2-D2)(13-C3)(9-D3)

(2-E3)(9-B2)(2-E3)

(2-D4)

(2-D3)(2-D3)

(2-E3)

(9-B2)(2-C1)(1-B1)

(8-A3)

33JX4

33JX4

33JX4

33JX4

A B C

A B C

4

3

2

1

MCU PWB (IMC2 section 1/2)


C2690.1U

12

25 33J1 2

C2700.1U

12

C2570.1U

12

R2384.7KJ

1 2

C2800.1U

12

C2990.1U

12

C2790.1U

12

C2680.1U

12

C2780.1U

C2810.1U

12

C2980.1U

12

26 4.7KJ1 2

C2710.1U

12

C2970.1U

C2900.1U

12

C2890.1U

12

C2880.1U

IC38

GND 27GND 46

VCC 37

IO0 29

IO1 31

IO2 33

IO3 35

IO4 38

IO5 40

IO6 42

IO7 44

IO8 30

IO9 32

IO10 34

IO11 36

IO12 39

IO13 41

IO14 43

IO15/A-1 45

A025

A124

A223

A322

A421

A520

A619

A718

A88

A97

A106

A115

A124

A133

A142

A151

A1648

A1717

A1816

VCCW 13

WE11

RESET12

BYTE47

CE26OE28

RY/BYRY/15

A199

A2010

WP/ACC14

C3320.1U

12

C3330.1U

12

C3340.1U

12

C27247U/16V

12

+

R217

0J

12

L10ZJSR5101-102TA

1

2

3

IC39

K4S561632D

VSS 54

RAS18

WE16

CAS17

VSS 41

VSS 28

VDD 1VDD 14VDD 27

BA020

BA121

A023

A124

A225

A326

A429

A530

A631

A732

A833

A934

A1022

A1135

VDDQ 3VDDQ 9VDDQ 43VDDQ 49

VSSQ 6VSSQ 12VSSQ 46VSSQ 52

DQ0 2

DQ1 4

DQ2 5

DQ3 7

DQ4 8

DQ5 10

DQ6 11

DQ7 13

DQ8 42

DQ9 44

DQ10 45

DQ11 47

DQ12 48

DQ13 50

DQ14 51

DQ15 53

LDQM15

UDQM39

CS19

CLK38

CKE37

A1236

N.C40

C26547pF

1 2

C264NM

1 2

C256NM

12

1 21 2

R329

10kJ

12

1 2

BR115 10kJX41234 5

678

BR116 10kJX41234 5

678

BR117 10kJX41234 5

678

BR118 10kJX41234 5

678

_SDRAM_CLK

_DQMA0

_SDRAM_CKE

_SDRAM_DQMB1_SDRAM_DQMB0

ROM_CS_L

_DQMB1SDRAM_RAS_L

SDRAM_CAS_L

SDRAM_CAS_L

ROM_CS_L

_DQMA1

_SDRAM_DQMA1

_DQMB0SDRAM_WE_L

_SDRAM_DQMA0

SDRAM_BANK0SDRAM_BANK1

M_CS0_L

SDRAM_RAS_L

SDRAM_WE_L

SDRAM_RAS_LSDRAM_CAS_L

_SDRAM_CLK

SDRAM_BANK0

_SDRAM_DQMA0

SDRAM_BANK1

_SDRAM_CS0_LSDRAM_WE_L

_SDRAM_CKE

T

_SDRAM_DATA7

_DATA6

_SDRAM_DATA2

_DATA12

_SDRAM_DATA8

_DATA8

_SDRAM_DATA1

_DATA5

_DATA11

_SDRAM_DATA0

_DATA10

_DATA13

_DATA2

_DATA14

_SDRAM_DATA7

_DATA9

M_DATA0

_DATA7

_DATA4

_SDRAM_DATA3


_DATA3

_SDRAM_DATA5

_SDRAM_DATA9

_SDRAM_DATA6

_SDRAM_DATA3

_SDRAM_DATA4

_SDRAM_DATA1

_SDRAM_DATA6

_DATA1

_SDRAM_DATA2

_SDRAM_DATA0

_DATA15

RY_BY

SDRAM_ADDR12

SDRAM_ADDR6

SDRAM_ADDR0

SDRAM_ADDR9

SDRAM_ADDR2

SDRAM_ADDR4

SDRAM_ADDR0

SDRAM_ADDR10

SDRAM_ADDR1

SDRAM_ADDR2

SDRAM_ADDR9

SDRAM_ADDR11

SDRAM_ADDR7

SDRAM_ADDR5

SDRAM_ADDR12


SDRAM_ADDR3

SDRAM_ADDR6

SDRAM_ADDR11

SDRAM_ADDR3

SDRAM_ADDR7

SDRAM_ADDR8

SDRAM_ADDR8

SDRAM_ADDR10

SDRAM_ADDR1

_SDRAM_CKE

_SDRAM_CS0_L

_SDRAM_DATA8_SDRAM_DATA9_SDRAM_DATA10_SDRAM_DATA11_SDRAM_DATA12_SDRAM_DATA13_SDRAM_DATA14_SDRAM_DATA15

_SDRAM_DQMA1

_SDRAM_DATA0_SDRAM_DATA1_SDRAM_DATA2_SDRAM_DATA3_SDRAM_DATA4_SDRAM_DATA5_SDRAM_DATA6_SDRAM_DATA7_SDRAM_DATA8_SDRAM_DATA9_SDRAM_DATA10_SDRAM_DATA11_SDRAM_DATA12_SDRAM_DATA13_SDRAM_DATA14_SDRAM_DATA15

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3OA3.3V

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

_SDRAM_CLK

_SDRAM_CLK

SDRAM_BANK[1:0]

_SDRAM_DATA[15:0]

SDRAM_BANK[1:0]

_SDRAM_DATA[15:0]

SDRAM_ADDR[12:0] _SDRAM_DATA[15:0]

SDRAM_BANK[1:0]

SDRAM_ADDR[12:0]

SDRAM_ADDR[12:0]

SDRAM_ADDR[12:0]

/RESET0

_SDRAM_DATA[15:0]

Model

E-Sort Model

FAX Model

Vendor/Type

4Mbit

16Mbit LH28F160BJE-BTL90

LH28F400BVE-BL85

Flash ROMFlash ROM

(8-D4) (8-E4) (8-E3)

(8-E4)(8-D2)(8-D3)(8-C3)

(8-E3)(8-E4)(8-C4)

(8-D2)(8-C3)

(8-C4) (8-D4) (8-E3)

(8-C3) (8-D3) (8-D4)

(8-E4) (8-D3)

(8-D4) (8-D2) (8-D1)

(8-D2)

(8-D4)(8-E4)(8-C3)

(8-D4)(8-C3)

(8-C3)

(8-C4) (8-D4) (8-E4)

LH28F800BJE-PBTL908Mbit(US)FAX Model

(except US)R327/R328/R330 ; 0J

R327/R328/R330 ; OPEN

R327/R328/R330 ; OPEN

(8-D4)

R327 0JR328 0J

R330 0J

C D E

C D E

4

3

2

1

8/14


C3280.1U

R305 NM

C3260.1U

C320

10U/16V

+

C3150.01U

C3170.01U

L12

MLF1608-J

R304

0J

C3190.01U

C3250.1U

C3270.1U

C3160.01U

C3140.01U

C3180.01U

C3230.1U

C3240.1U

R303

NM

IC43

NC7S04M5X

2 4

1

IC41

ISP1581

/RESET10

EOT11

DREQ12

DACK13

/CS25

/RD26

/WR27

INT28

ALE29

AD030

AD131

AD232

AD333

AD434

AD535

AD638

AD739

DATA040

DATA141

DATA244

DATA345

DATA446

DATA547

DATA648

DATA749

DATA850

DATA951

DATA1052

DATA1153

DATA1254

DATA1355

DATA1456

DATA1557

VC

C(5

.0)

2

VC

C(5

.0)

37

VC

C(5

.0)

43

VC

C(5

.0)

64

VC

C(3

.3)

24

VC

C(3

.3)

58

DG

ND

1

DG

ND

36

DG

ND

42

DG

ND

61

AG

ND

3 23

C3380.1U

C3390.1U

IC42

NC7S08M5X

1

24

PB_DATA1

PB_ADDR5

PB_DATA2

PB_ADDR3

PB_DATA5

PB_DATA1

PB_DATA0

PB_NWE

PB_ADDR2

PB_DATA3PB_DATA4

PB_NOE

PB_DATA5

PB_DATA2

PB_ADDR7

PB_ADDR0

PB_DATA4

PB_DATA0

PB_ADDR1

PB_DATA7

PB_DATA7

PB_DATA3

PB_ADDR6

PB_DATA6

PB_ADDR4

PB_DATA6

AG

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

AG

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

PB_DATA[7:0]

PB_NWE

DT_REQB

PB_DATA[7:0]

DT_ACKB

/ASIC_RST

INT_USBD

PB_NCS3

PB_NOE

PB_ADDR[7:0]

PB_NAE0

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND GND

GND

GND

GND

(13-C4)(9-B3)(8-A3)

(13-C4)(9-B3)(8-A3)

(13-C4)(9-B3)

(8-A2)(2-C1)(1-B1)

(8-A2)(8-A2)(8-A2)(8-A3)(8-A3)

(13-C3)(13-C3)

(8-A3)

(13-C3)(8-A3)

A B

A B

4

3

2

1

MCU PWB (IMC2 USB2.0 section 2/2)


R28

110

KJ

R302

12KF

R28

4N

C

C329 10P

R28

210

KJ

L14

BLM21PG600SN1

L16

BLM21PG600SN1M

R28

710

KJ

R301 NM

C3210.1U

R28910KJ

C330 10P

R29010KJ

Y112MHz

L13

MLF1608-J

R293

1.5KJ

C322

10U/16V

+

CN33

UBR23(ACON)

-D2

+D3

SHIELD5

GND4

+5V1

C331 0.01U

R28

010

KJ

R286 10KJ

R285 10KJR283 10KJ

R288 NC

L15 DLW21SN900SQ2

1 2

34

Vreg(3.3)4

D-5

D+6

RPU7

RREF8

MODE19

DIOR14

DIOW15

INTRQ16

/CS117

/CS018

BUS_CONF19

MODE020

DA221

READY22

XTAL259

XTAL160

WAKEUP62

SUSPEND63

VC

C(3

.3)

24

VC

C(3

.3)

58A

GN

D3

DG

ND

23

PB_NOEPB_NWE

FG

FGAG

AG

AG

VCC3

USBVBUS

SUSPENDWAKEUP

GND FGND_UD1

GND

USB2.0 DEV1

FGND_UD2AGND_UD2

GND

AGND_UD2

GND GND GND

(8-A2)(8-A2)

(8-A2)

C D E

C D E

4

3

2

1

9/14


CN1

B24B-PHDSS-B

11

33

55

77

99

1111

1313

1515

1717

1919

2121

2323

22

44

66

88

1010

1212

1414

1616

1818

2020

2222

2424

C208

0.1u/50V

12

C207

0.1u/50V

12

PGND PGND

INT24VINT5V

24V5V

EN5V

/BIAS /TC

/POFF

HLOUT

3.3VIN

/PRFW

/GRIDL

12VIN

/MC

To Power unit

(5-C4)(5-C4)

(5-C4)(5-C4)

(5-C1)

(5-C3) (5-D2)

(7-A2)

(7-B2)

(4-C4)(7-A2)

A B C

A B C

4

3

2

1

MCU PWB (Connector section 1)


C21

110

00p

12

CN4

B4B-PH-K-R

11

22

33

44

R16010kJ

21

C205

1000p

12

R162 1kJ21

C20

910

00p

12

C21

010

00p

12

CN2

28FE-BT-VK-N

11

22

33

44

55

66

77

88

99

1010

1111

1212

1313

1414

1515

1616

1717

1818

1919

2020

2121

2222

2323

2424

2525

2626

2727

2828

D30

KDS226

2

13

5VEN5V5V

VCC3

KEYIN

OUT_A+

OUT_A-OUT_B+

OUT_B-

(OP_CLK)

(LCDDB4)

PSW

(KEYSC2)

(LCDDB6)

(SELIN1)(OP_DATA)

(OP_LATCH)

(SELIN2)

(LCDE)(LCDRS)

(KEYSC1)

(LCDDB5)

(BZR)

(LCDDB7)(SELIN3)

DRST

(PSL)

(KEYSC3)

To Operational PWB

To Mirror motor

(6-A4)(6-A4)(6-A4)(6-A4)

(4-C4)

C D E

C D E

4

3

2

1

10/14


CN

16

B3B

-PH

-K-R

11

22

33

CN

19

B3B

-PH

-K-S

11

22

33

C21

8

1000

p

1 2

CN

17

B4B

-PH

-K-S

11

22

33

44

CN

27

B5B

-PH

-K-S

11

22

33

44

55

CN

7

B3B

-PH

-K-M

11

22

33

C21

7

1000

p

1 2

C22

0

1000

p

1 2

C21

9

1000

p

1 2

C2220.1u/50V1 2

C2230.1u/50V1 2

CN

20

B18

B-P

HD

SS

-B

11

33

55

77

99

1111

1313

1515

1717

22

44

66

88

1010

1212

1414

1616

1818

CN

24

B24

B-P

HD

SS

-B

11

33

55

77

99

1111

1313

1515

1717

1919

2121

2323

22

44

66

88

1010

1212

1414

1616

1818

2020

2222

2424

CN

11

B4B

-PH

-K-S

11

22

33

44

CN

15

B2P

-VH

-R

11

22

CN

23

B2P

-VH

11

22

R18

615

0J1/

4W

21

CN

22

B5B

-PH

-K-S

11

22

33

44

55

CN

26

B5B

-PH

-K-R

11

22

33

44

55

B10

B-P

HD

SS

-B

CN

9

11

33

55

77

99

22

44

66

88

1010R17

210

J

21

R17

630

0J21

CN

6

08F

E-B

T-V

K-N

11

22

33

44

55

66

77

88

CN

10

B3B

-PH

-K-S

11

22

33

CN

12

B3B

-PH

-K-E

11

22

33

R18

11k

J2

1

R18

739

0J1/

4W

21

R17

530

0J 21

R17

310

kJ

21

CN

13

B05

B-X

AS

K-1

11

22

33

44

55

CN

5

B4B

-PH

-K-R

11

22

33

44 R

185

390J

1/4W

21

R17

939

0J1/

4W

21

R18

039

0J1/

4W

21C

N25

B3B

-PH

-K-S

11

22

33

D38

KD

S22

6213

D36

KD

S12

0

2

13

D35

KD

S12

1

2

13

CN

40

10F

LS-S

M1-

TB

11

22

33

44

55

66

77

88

99

1010

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

INT

24V

24V

24V

24V

24V

M5V

24V

INT

5V

24V

VC

C3

5V

24V

5V

EN

5VE

N5V

24V

24V

SF

T

24V

Dup

24V

5V5V

5V

5V

VC

C3

SP

MT

_0

SD

SW

SP

PD

SB

4DS

PID

SP

MT

_3/S

GS

/SR

RC

/SP

US

SP

MT

_2S

PM

T_1

PO

D

/RR

S

PP

D1

PP

D2

TM

A_O

TM

B_O

TxD

1

MM

LD/M

MD

VF

MO

UT

/VF

MC

NT

24V

1(D

SW

S)

/VID

EO

PM

CLK

_AP

MR

DY

/PM

D

SH

OLD

/SF

TM

T0

/SF

TM

T2

/SF

TM

T3

CE

D1

/LD

EN

/SY

NC

RT

H_I

N

TC

SD

VS

EL

/SP

FS

(SC

L1)

(SD

A1)

/SF

TM

T1

/DM

T0

/DM

T1

/DM

T2

/DM

T3

PD

1

/CP

FS

1

/MP

FS

MF

D

/RE

SE

T0

TD

I

OA

_RX

OA

_TX

TD

OT

MS

TR

ST

_L

TC

K

For

SP

F/D

SP

F M

odel

Onl

y

To M

ain

mot

or

To F

an m

otor

To In

terlo

ck s

witc

h

To L

SU

To C

asse

tte d

etec

t

To C

asse

tte p

aper

sole

noid

To S

hifte

r m

otor

(For

deb

ug)

Not

mou

nted

To T

oner

mot

or

To P

aper

pas

s de

tect

To P

aper

out

det

ect

To H

L un

it

To M

ulti

unit

To S

PF

uni

t

(5-C

1)(7

-C3) (5

-C3)

(5-C

3)

(7-B

3)

(7-C

4)(5

-C1)

(5-C

2)

(5-C

2)(5

-D1)

(4-C

4)

(4-E

1)

(1-D

3)

(6-E

2)(6

-E2)

(7-C

1)

(5-C

3)

(7-C

2)

(7-C

2)

(7-C

3)

(7-C

4)

(7-C

4)

(5-C

3)

(5-C

3)

(5-D

3)

(7-C

4)(7

-C4)

(5-B

2)

(6-C

2)(6

-C2)

(7-C

2)

(5-B

2)(5

-B2)

(5-B

2)

(6-C

2)(6

-C2)

(7-C

3)

To D

V U

nit

with

CR

UM

(7-C

3)

To R

esis

t rol

ler

sole

noid

(4-A

1)(4

-B1)

To D

uple

x m

otor

(6-E

4)

For

CR

UM

Mod

el O

nly

To P

aper

det

ect

(6-E

4)(6

-E4)

(6-E

4)

(6-E

3)(6

-E3)

(6-E

3)(6

-E3)

(7-C

4)

CP

U S

eria

l

OA

982

JTA

G &

Ser

ial

AB

CD

E

AB

CD

E

4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1

MC

U P

WB

(C

on

nec

tor

sect

ion

2)

11/1

4


R17

74.

7kJ

21

C22

1

1000

p

1 2

CN

14

B3B

-PH

-K-S

11

22

33

R17

81k

J2

1

CN

18

B14

B-P

HD

SS

-B

11

33

55

77

99

1111

1313

22

44

66

88

1010

1212

1414

C2261000p1 2

C2271000p1 2

C2281000p1 2

D37

KD

S22

6

213

R31

815

0J1/

4W

21

CN

8

B3B

-PH

-K-S

11

22

33

PG

ND

5V24

V

5V5V

24V

PP

D3

(SD

OD

)

CE

D2

PD

2

/MC

NT

/CP

FS

2

For

SP

F/D

SP

F M

odel

Onl

y

To C

over

ope

n de

tect

To 2

nd. c

asse

tte

(7-C

4)

(7-C

1)

(5-C

3)

(4-A

3)

(7-C

4)

To M

echa

nica

l CO

UN

TE

R

AB

CD

AB

CD

4 3 2

4 3 2

MC

U P

WB

(C

on

nec

tor

sect

ion

3)

11/1

4


C24

5

0.1u

C23

5

100p

C24

0

100p

C23

6

100p

R19

63.

3KJ

R20

910

kJ

C24

4

0.1u

C23

7

100p

C24

9

100p

R20

422

J

R19

710

kJ

C24

2

0.1u

R20

010

kJR

198

10kJ

C23

8

100p

C24

1

100p

C24

6

100p

C24

7

330p

C24

3

0.1u

C23

3

100p

C23

4

100p

C23

9

100p

C24

8

100p

BR

9122

J1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

9022

J1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

C23

0

100p

CN

28

IEE

E12

84_C

N

D-G

ND

30

D-G

ND

26

HLH

IN35

D-G

ND

27

/INIT

31

D-G

ND

28

SG

16

D-G

ND

29

NC

15

SLC

T13

NC

34

Dat

a 0

2

Dat

a 1

3

FG

17

Dat

a 2

4

D-G

ND

19

Dat

a 3

5

D-G

ND

20

Dat

a 5

7

D-G

ND

21

Dat

a 6

8

D-G

ND

22

/SLC

T IN

36

D-G

ND

23

/AU

TO F

D14

D-G

ND

24

D-G

ND

25

/D S

TB

1

PLH

OU

T18

/AC

K10

BU

SY

11

PE

12

/FA

ULT

32

Dat

a 4

6

Dat

a 7

9

D-G

ND

33

Shield

C22

9

100p

IC34

74LV

X16

1284

HD

1

A9

2

A10

3

A11

4

A12

5

A13

6

Vcc

7

A1

8A

29

GN

D10

A3

11A

412

A5

13A

614

GN

D15

A7

16A

817

Vcc

18

PLH

in19

A14

20

A15

21

A16

22

A17

23

HLH

24H

LHin

25

C17

26C

1627

C15

28C

1429

PLH

30

Vcc

-cab

le31

B8

32

B7

33

GN

D34

B6

35

B5

36

B4

37

B3

38

GN

D39

B2

40

B1

41

Vcc

-cab

le42

Y13

43Y

1244

Y11

45Y

1046

Y9

47

DIR

48

C23

1

100p

C23

2

100p

BR

8922

J1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

9222

J1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

D39

11E

QS

06

1 2

CN

39

24F

MN

-BT

K-A

11

22

33

44

55

66

77

88

99

1010

1111

1212

1313

1414

1515

1616

1717

1818

1919

2020

2121

2222

2323

2424

R31

90J

R32

6O

PE

N

/ST

B

PAR

AD

7PA

RA

D6

/INIT

/AC

KB

US

Y

/FA

ULT

PAR

AD

1

SLC

T

PAR

AD

2PA

RA

D3

/RE

V

PAR

AD

4

/SLC

TIN

PAR

AD

5

/AU

TOF

D

PEPA

RA

D0

/ST

B

PAR

AD

7PA

RA

D6

/INIT

/AC

KB

US

Y

/FA

ULT

PAR

AD

1

SLC

T

PAR

AD

2PA

RA

D3

/RE

V

PAR

AD

4

/SLC

TIN

PAR

AD

5

/AU

TOF

D

PEPA

RA

D0

EN

5VV

CC

3

EN

5VV

CC

3

EN

5V

VC

C3

EN

5V

/INIT

/AC

K

/AU

TOF

D/S

TB

PAR

AD

[7..0

]

/RE

V

BU

SY

/FA

ULT

/SLC

TINPE

SLC

T

(/A

SIC

_RS

T)

(2-D

2)

(2-E

2)

3.3V

5V

IEE

E12

84 C

onne

ctor

F.G

IEE

E12

84 D

river

/Rec

eive

r

(2-D

2)(2

-D2)

(2-D

2)(2

-D2)

(2-D

2)

(2-D

2)(2

-D2)

(2-D

2)(2

-D2)

To N

IC P

WB

AB

CD

E

AB

CD

E

4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1

MC

U P

WB

(IE

EE

1284

Inte

rfac

e se

ctio

n)

12/1

4


R30

610

kJ

21

CN

38

20F

E-B

T-V

K-N

11

22

33

44

55

66

77

88

99

1010

1111

1212

1313

1414

1515

1616

1717

1818

1919

2020

CN

37

26F

E-B

T-V

K-N

11

22

33

44

55

66

77

88

99

1010

1111

1212

1313

1414

1515

1616

1717

1818

1919

2020

2121

2222

2323

2424

2525

2626

C359OPEN

1 2

C360OPEN

1 2

C361OPEN

1 2

C362OPEN

1 2

C363OPEN

1 2

C364OPEN

1 2

C365OPEN

1 2

C366OPEN

1 2

C367OPEN

1 2

C368OPEN

1 2

C369OPEN

1 2

C370OPEN

1 2

C371OPEN

1 2

C372OPEN

1 2

C373OPEN

1 2

C374OPEN

1 2

C375OPEN

1 2

C376OPEN

1 2

PB

_AD

DR

7

PB

_AD

DR

3P

B_A

DD

R2

PB

_AD

DR

0

PB

_AD

DR

5P

B_A

DD

R6

PB

_AD

DR

1

PB

_AD

DR

4PB

_DAT

A7

PB

_DAT

A3

PB

_DAT

A0

PB

_DAT

A1

PB

_DAT

A4

PB

_DAT

A6

PB

_DAT

A5

PB

_DAT

A2

MD

M_I

RQ

MS

U_S

T1

D1

D0

D4

D7

D2

D3

D5

D6

PB

_DAT

A7

PB

_DAT

A3

PB

_DAT

A0

PB

_DAT

A1

PB

_DAT

A4

PB

_DAT

A6

PB

_DAT

A5

PB

_DAT

A2

MD

M_I

RQ

D1

D0

D4

D7

D2

D3

D5

D6 MS

U_S

T1

VC

C3

24V

PG

ND

EN

5V

VC

C3

/RD

/CS

4M

SU

_ST

1

MD

M_I

RQ

PB

_AD

DR

[7:0

]

PB

_NA

E0

PB

_NC

S1

PB

_NO

EP

B_N

WE

(/A

SIC

_RS

T)

MO

DE

M_I

N

PB

_DAT

A[7

:0]

D[1

5..0

]

To M

odem

PW

B

To M

odem

PW

B

(9-B

3)(8

-A3)

(8-A

3)(9

-B3)

(9-B

3)

(9-A

2)(8

-A3)

(9-B

2)(4

-D3)

(8-A

3)

(8-A

3)(8

-A3)

(8-A

2)

(9-B

2)

(4-A

2)(2

-A1)

(3-A

1)(1

-D2)

(4-A

3)

(1-D

3)(3

-A2)

(2-C

1)(1

-B3)

(1-A

3)

AB

CD

AB

CD

4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1

MC

U P

WB

(M

od

em I/

F C

on

nec

tor)

13/1

4


R16

51k

J2

1

R16

410

kJ

21

C21

2

1000

p

1 2

D32

KD

S22

6

213

R16

915

kJ

21

Q5

KT

C31

98

C21

5

0.1u

/50V

1 2

D33

11E

QS

06

12

R16

610

kJ

21Q

4K

TB

1151

Y

R16

715

kJ

21

R16

85.

6kJ

21

C21

4

47u/

35V

1 2+

R17

056

kJ

21

C21

347

u/35

V

1 2+

CP

406

03FA

1.5A

12

L9 220u

H

TW

KA

-221

K

C21

633

p1

2

CN

3

FF

4-32

-S15

D5

11

33

55

77

99

1111

1313

1515

1717

1919

2121

2323

2525

2727

2929

3131

22

44

66

88

1010

1212

1414

1616

1818

2020

2222

2424

2626

2828

3030

3232

AF

E_D

B4

AF

E_D

B6

AF

E_D

B5

AF

E_D

B7

VC

LV

CL

VC

L

AF

E_D

B2

AF

E_D

B1

AF

E_D

B3

AF

E_D

B0

AF

E_D

B0

AF

E_D

B1

AF

E_D

B2

AF

E_D

B3

AF

E_D

B4

AF

E_D

B5

AF

E_D

B6

AF

E_D

B7

12V

PG

ND

EN

5V

PG

ND

24V

PG

ND

VC

C3

mt_

at_h

ome

CC

D_P

HI1

CC

D_P

HI2

CC

D_C

PC

CD

_RS

CC

D_T

G

CL

BS

AM

P

VS

AM

P

AD

CLK

AF

E_S

EN

AF

E_S

CK

AF

E_S

DI

AF

E_D

B[7

..0]

To S

cann

er u

nit

(1-D

2)

(2-A

4)(2

-A4)

(2-A

4)(2

-A4)

(2-A

4)(1

-D2)

(2-A

4)

1/4W

(2-A

4)

Cop

y La

mp

Inve

rter

AB

CD

E

AB

CD

E

4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1

MC

U P

WB

(S

can

ner

I/F

sec

tio

n)

14/1

4


2. OPERATION PWBO

PE

RA

TIO

N P

WB

(LE

D/L

CD

Sec

tion)

C332100p

R33

310

0J

R33

410

0J

PM

L

LED

311

R32

60J

C331100p

Q30

5K

RA

225S

3

2

1

C327100pC328100p

C33

3

0.1u

RE

ADY

LED

310

Q30

1

KR

C10

6S

1

2

3

C30

5

1000

p

R33

110

0J

C329100pC330100p

IC30

4

TB

6272

5AF

/OUT27

/OUT38

/OUT49

/OUT510

/OUT611

/OUT16

/OUT05

VCC16

/ENABLE13

/LATCH4

S-IN2

CLOCK3

S-OUT14

GND1

/OUT712

R-EXT15

R30

6O

PE

N

R30

210

0J

PR

INT

LED

303

C32

2

0.1u

R32

50J

R32

810

kJ

R32

782

0J

C30

7

open

R30

147

0J

R32

910

0J

SP

ON

LED

308

R30

410

0J

1CA

S

LED

306

Q30

2

KR

C10

6S

1

2

3

R33

210

0J

C30

8

Ope

n

IC30

1

GP

M18

1C0

GN

D10

V5

9

VD

D8

RS

7

R/W

6

E5

DB

44

DB

53

DB

62

DB

71

R32

40J

2CA

S

LED3

05

Q30

3K

RA

225S

3

2

1

R30

310

0J

CO

PY

LED

304

ALM

LED

307

C32

3

open

FAX

LED

301

Q30

4K

RA

225S

3

2

1

MB

LED

309

R33

010

0J

R335560J

C30

6

1000

p

SC

AN

LED

302

R30

50J

R32

310

KJ

LCD

RS

#

LCD

DB

7#

LCD

DB

4#

LCD

DB

6#

LCD

RS

#

LCD

E#

LCD

E#

LCD

DB

7#

LCD

DB

4#

LCD

DB

6#

LCD

DB

5#LC

DD

B6

LCD

DB

7

LCD

DB

4

LCD

DB

5#

LCD

DB

5

3.3V

5VE

N

3.3V

3.3V

5V

PS

L

LED

_V2

OP

-CLK

OP

-DAT

A

OP

-LAT

CH

LED

_V3

LED

_V1

DAT

A1

LCD

E

LCD

RS

LCD

DB

[7..4

]

Pin

Hol

es x

10

To L

CD

=(1.

15/8

20)x

14.9

=20.

9mA

Iout

=(1.

15/R

ext)

x14.

9 [A

]

1/3

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

44

33

22

11


OP

ER

ATI

ON

PW

B (K

EY

/ B

uzze

r S

ectio

n)

R32

2

2kJ

KE

Y31

8

NM

4K

KE

Y32

5

CLK

KE

Y30

9

SH

PK

R32

0

2kJ

C31

7

Ope

n

C32

0

Ope

n

C33

4

Ope

n

D30

1

1SS

133

KE

Y32

3

NM

2K

C31

3

Ope

n

C31

9

Ope

n

Q30

6

KR

C10

6S

1

2

3

C31

8

Ope

n

KE

Y31

0

PS

W

R31

410

0J

KE

Y31

5

NM

7K

C33

6

Ope

n

R31

110

0J

KE

Y31

9

NM

5K

IC30

3

74H

C23

8Y0

15

Y1

14

Y2

13

Y3

12

Y4

11

Y5

10

Y6

9

Y7

7

A1

B2

C3

G2B

5G

2A4

G1

6

KE

Y30

8

NM

0K

R32

1

2kJ

C30

4

Ope

n

KE

Y32

1

CA

K

R33

81k

J

C33

5

Ope

n

R31

833

J

R33

910

kJ

KE

Y30

6

MA

GK

KE

Y32

0

NM

6K

R34

1

2kJ

D30

2

1SS

133

C31

2

0.1u

BZ

301

PS

1720

P02

1

2

R33

71k

J

R34

0

2kJ

C31

5

47pF

KE

Y30

2

CA

SK

R31

9

2kJ

R31

010

0J

KE

Y31

7

NM

9K

R34

3

2kJ

C32

1

0.1u

R33

61k

J

R31

210

0J

C31

6

Ope

n

KE

Y31

6

NM

8K

KE

Y32

4

NM

3K

KE

Y30

3

DU

PK

R31

71k

J

KE

Y30

4

ES

TK

R34

2

2kJ

R30

810

0J

C30

9

Ope

n

C31

0

Ope

n

KE

Y31

3

UP

K

C31

4

Ope

n

R31

310

0J

C31

1

Ope

n

KE

Y32

2

NM

1K

R31

61k

J

KE

Y30

1

MO

DK

IC30

2

74H

C15

1

D0

4

D1

3

D2

2

D3

1

D4

15

D5

14

D6

13

D7

12

A11

B10

C9

G7

W6

Y5

KE

Y31

2

DW

K

C33

7

Ope

n

KE

Y30

7

AS

TK

KE

Y30

5

EX

MO

DK

KE

Y31

1

ME

NU

K

KE

Y31

4

EN

TK

R30

710

0J

R31

51k

J

R30

910

0J

D30

3

1SS

133

5V

5V

5VE

N

KE

YS

C1

KE

YS

C2

KE

YS

C3

KE

YIN

SE

LIN

3S

ELI

N2

SE

LIN

1

PS

W

F-K

EY

SC

2F

-KE

YS

C3

F-K

EY

SC

1

F-K

EY

IN1

F-K

EY

IN2

F-K

EY

IN3

F-K

EY

IN4

F-K

EY

IN5

F-K

EY

IN6

F-K

EY

IN7

F-K

EY

IN8

BZ

R

2/3

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

44

33

22

11


OP

ER

ATI

ON

PW

B (

Con

nect

or S

ectio

n)

CN

303

S3B

-PH

-K-S

1 2 3

C30

3

47uF

/16v

C32

4

0.1u

C30

2

47uF

/16v

C30

1

47uF

/16v

CN

301

18F

E-S

T-V

K-N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

CN

302

28F

E-S

T-V

K-N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

C32

5

0.1u

C32

6

0.1u

DR

ST

DR

ST

LCD

DB

4

LCD

DB

7

LCD

DB

5LC

DD

B6

3.3V

5V5V

EN

PS

L

PS

WK

EY

IN

OP

-CLK

OP

-LAT

CH

OP

-DAT

AS

ELI

N1

SE

LIN

2

KE

YS

C2

KE

YS

C3

LED

_V3

F-K

EY

IN1

BZ

RK

EY

SC

1

LCD

RS

LCD

E

SE

LIN

3LC

DD

B[7

..4]

F-K

EY

IN4

DAT

A1

F-K

EY

IN2

F-K

EY

IN8

LED

_V2

F-K

EY

IN5

LED

_V1

F-K

EY

SC

2

F-K

EY

IN6

F-K

EY

SC

3

F-K

EY

SC

1

F-K

EY

IN7

F-K

EY

IN3

To M

CU

PW

B

To D

rum

Initi

al D

etec

tor

To F

AX

Key

PW

B

Clo

se to

CN

1

3/3

AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

44

33

22

11


3. NIC PWB

1

R910kJ

21

BR1533J1

234

8765

C130.1u

12

L2ZJSR5101-223

1

2

3

X1

OSC-3140MHz

N.C.1

VCC8 OUTPUT 5

GND 4

C1412p

12

C12

2200

0p 12

R8

33J21

L3

MMZ2012Y121 (OPEN)1 2

IC8

74VHC14

A01

/O02

A13

/O14

A25

/O26

GND7

VCC 14

A3 13

/O3 12

A4 11

/O4 10

A5 9

/O5 8

12

R17 OPEN21

R15 OPEN21

X2HC-49U/S40.0000MHz

12

R16 OPEN21

R14 OPEN21

R13OPEN

21

C31

OPEN12

C30 OPEN12

C29OPEN

12

R12OPEN

21

R11OPEN

21

IC9

P2010/PLL701-01

Xin 1

Xout 2

FS0 3

Vss 4SSon5MODOUT6SR07VDD8

TP11

TP21

BR1310kJ

1234

8765

BR1710kJ

1234

8765

C28OPEN

12

BR2110kJ

1234

8765

BR1410kJ

1234

8765

IC5

UPD703100GJ-33-8EU

/WE88

/RD89

/UWR90

/LWR91

/CS099

/CS198

/CS297

/CS396

TO121/P10124

TO120/P10025

/CS4/IOWR95

/CS5/IORD94

/CS693

/CS792

VSS9

VSS83

VSS117

VSS135

CVSS65

AVSS35

AVREF36

TO13053TO13152TCLR1351TI1350INTP13049INTP13148INTP13247INTP13346

/WAIT81

/REFRQ82

/HLDRQ84

/HLDAK85

/OE86

/BCYST87

INTP120/TC021

TCLR12/P10223TI12/P10322

INTP103/DMARQ31

INTP102/DMARQ22

INTP101/DMARQ13

INTP100/DMARQ04

TI10/PP035

TCLR10/P026

TO101/P017

TO100/P008

INTP113/DMAAK310

INTP112/DMAAK211

INTP111/DMAAK112

INTP110/DMAAK013

TI11/P1314

TCLR11/P1215

TO111/P1116

TO110/P1017

INTP123/TC318

INTP122/TC219

INTP121/TC120

X164

X263

CLKOUT80

/RESET71

CKSEL66

MODE067

MODE168

MODE269

MODE370

NMI37

P2138

TXD039

RXD040

/SCK041

TXD142

RXD143

/SCK144

A08 116A09 115A10 114A11 113A12 112A13 111A14 110A15 109A16 108A17 107A18 106A19 105A20 104A21 103A22 102A23 101

A00 125A01 124

P114 57P115 56

D01 142

P116 55P117 54

D02 141D03 140D04 139D05 138D06 137D07 136

P50/D08 134P51/D09 133P52/D10 132P53/D11 131P54/D12 130P55/D13 129

A02 123A03 122A04 121A05 120A06 119A07 118

P56/D14 128P57/D15 127

P73 30P74 29P75 28P76 27

AVDD 34

P77 26

HVDD 126

P120 79

HVDD 100

P121 78

CVDD 62

P122 77

VDD 144

P123 76

VDD 45

P124 75

P70 33

P126 73

P71 32

P127 72

P72 31

P113 58

P112 59

D00 143

P111 60

P110 61

P125 74

BR1810kJ

1234

8765

BR1110kJ

1234

8765

BR1010kJ

1234

8765

BR1210kJ

1234

8765

BR2010kJ

1234

8765

BR1610kJ

1234

8765

BR19

33J

1234

8765

BR1 33J

1234

8765

BR2 33J

1234

8765

BR3 33J

1234

8765

BR4 33J

1234

8765

BR5 33J

1234

8765

BR610kJ

1234

8765

BR710kJ

1234

8765

BR8 33J

1234

8765

BR9 33J

1234

8765R21 1kJ

21R22 820J

21

R23

0J

21

R24 0J21

R25 0J21

R26 0J21

R27 0J21

C36OPEN

12

/RD/WR

/CSNIC/CSRAM/IOWR

X1

/AFEED

/AFEED3/IT

X2

/PACKP75P76P77

/FLTSLCTPERRPBSY

A11

A4

/HLDRQ

/DREQ0

TI3

A10

A1

A14

A12A11

A11

/SELIN

/PACK

INTP32

TI0

A15

A10A9

A5

ST_LED

TI0

TCLR3

A9 A15

A12

P77

RXD1

X2

TCLR0

A8

A6

DIR

P76

PBSY

(/RESET)

/DREQ3

/NWAIT

TCLR0

A16

A13

/DACK0

/REFRQ

A7

A13

A7

/A_STB

P75

A6

A14

PERRSLCT

TCLR2

/HLDRQ

A17

X1

A8

DIR

A14

A2

/FLT

INTP33

A16A9

TI1

A3

A1

A1A0

TCLR2TI2

/S_STB

NICRST

X1

/TCLR1

A8

A0

A10

TXD0

A0

A17

A7A6

A2

/NWAIT

NICRST

/DMAEN

/AFEED

RXD0

TO1

A13

A5

A5A4

/A_STB

/S_STBTO1

P21

/DREQ2

/LK_LED

A4

A12

A3

A3

/DMAEN

RXD0

/REFRQ

/DREQ1

A2

/IT

TI2

NICINT

/DREQ1/DREQ2/DREQ3JP

ST_LED

/SELIN/IT/AFEED

TI1/DACK0

INTP32INTP33RXD1P21

TCLR3TI3NICINT/LK_LED

/CSPRN/CSROM

/TCLR1

/DREQ0

D7

D4D3

D2

D1D2

D1

D6

D3

D7

D0

D5

D0

D6

D5

D4

CPU3.3

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

VCC3

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V

CLKOUT

X1

X1

X1

X2

X2

(/RESET)

P21

RXD0

RXD1

/DREQ3/DREQ2/DREQ1/DREQ0

TI0TCLR0

/DACK0TI1

/TCLR1

TO1

TI2TCLR2

INTP33INTP32

NICINTTI3

TCLR3

/NWAIT/REFRQ/HLDRQ

/RD/WR

/CSNIC/CSRAM

/IOWR

RXD0TI2TCLR2/NWAIT

/REFRQ/HLDRQNICRSTTO1

TI0TCLR0

/LK_LED

NICRST

ST_LED/DMAEN/A_STBDIR/S_STB/AFEED/IT/SELIN

P77P76P75/PACKPBSYPERRSLCT/FLT

/AFEED

/AFEED3/IT

/S_STBDIR

/A_STB/DMAEN

/PACKP75P76P77

/FLTSLCTPERRPBSY

/DREQ1/DREQ2/DREQ3JP

ST_LED

/SELIN/IT

/AFEED

TI1/DACK0

INTP32INTP33RXD1P21

TCLR3TI3NICINTLK_LED

/CSPRN/CSROM

A B C

A B C

4

3

2

1

NIC PWB (CONTROL SECTION)


R10

OPEN21

C180.1U

12

L4ZJSR5101-102TA

12

3

C1910U/16V

12

+C210.1U

12

C220.1U

12

C230.1U

12

C2010U/16V

12

12

12

12

12

+C240.1U

C250.1U

C270.1U

C260.1U

IC6

GNDIO 30GNDIO 11GNDIO 24

I/O 22

I/O 12

I/O 13

I/O 14

I/O 15

I/O 18

I/O 19

I/O 20

I/O 21

I/O 34

I/O 35

VCCINT 9

VCCINT 17

VCCIO 29

VCCIO 41

GNDINT 16

I/O33

I/O32

I/O31

I/O28

I/O27

I/O26

I/O25

I/O23

I/O43

I/O44

I/O1

IN38

I/O10

I/O8

I/O6

IN39

IN37

IN40

I/O2

GNDIO 4

I/O42

I/O7

I/O3

I/O5

GNDINT 36

C150.1U

12

C160.1U

12

IC7

IO0 11

IO1 12

IO2 13

IO3 15

IO4 16

IO5 17

IO6 18

IO7 19

/CS1 20

/WE 27

/OE 22

VCC 28

VSS 14

A010

A19

A28

A37

A46

A55

A64

A73

A825

A924

A1021

A1123

A122

A1326

A141

IC4

D00 21

D01 22

D02 23

D03 25

D04 26

D05 27

D06 28

D07 29

/CE 30

/WE 7

/OE 32

VCC 8

VSS 24

A020

A119

A218

A317

A416

A515

A614

A713

A83

A92

A1031

A111

A1212

A134

A145

A1511

A1610

NC9

NC6

BR26 33J1234

8765

BR27 33J

1234

8765

/DMAEN/A_STB/S_STBDIR/PACKPBSYDIR3

(/RESET)CLKOUTTO1/RD/WR/CSPRN/DACK0/IOWR

/IT3

/SELIN/SELIN3

P6

P0

P7

P3P4P5

P1P2

/STB

/DREQ0/TCLR1

4

14

1211

11

109

5

15

12

6

16

13

/CSROM

13

7

14

8

2

9

/WR

1

/WR

10

8

0

10

A17

76

/RD

2

/RD

543

/CSRAM

3

D0

D7

D1

D4

D7

D3

D6

D3D4

D1

D0

D5

D2

D6D5

D2

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7

VCC3

VCC3 CPU3.3 VCC3

5V

5V

VCC3

/SELIN3/SELIN

/IT3

/CSROM/WR/RD

/CSRAM/WR

/RD

/DMAEN/A_STB/S_STB

DIR/PACKPBSYDIR3

(/RESET)CLKOUT

TO1/RD/WR

/CSPRN/DACK0

/IOWR

/STB

/TCLR1/DREQ0

P[7:0]

D[7:0]

A[17:0]

SST39SF010-70-WH

IS16C256AH-12

EPM3032ATC44-10

C D E

C D E

4

3

2

1

1/2


R527kJ

21

L1ZJSR5101-102TA

1

2

3

C510U/16V

12

+C60.1U

12

C70.1U

12

C90.1U

12

C80.1U

12

C100.1U

12

C110.1U

12

IC2

IS93C

CS1SK2DI3DO4

IC1

RTL8019AS

INT4100

INT599

RSTDRV33 IOWB30 IORB29 IOCS16B96 IOCHRDY35 AEN34

INT797 INT698

SMEMRB31

SMEMWB32

INT13

INT31 INT22

SA1826

SA1927

SD036

SD137

SD238

SD339

SD440

SD541

SD642

SD743

SD895

SD994

SD1093

SD1192

SD1291

SD1390

SD1488

SD1587

INT04

SA05

SA17

SA28

SA39

SA410

SA511

SA612

SA713

SA815

SA916

SA1018

SA1119

SA1220

SA1321

SA1422

SA1523

SA1624 BD7 77BD6 78BD5 79BD4 80BD3 81BD2 82BD1 84BD0 85

BA21 66BA20 67BA19 68BA18 69BA17 71BA16 72BA15 73BA14 74

TX+ 49RX- 55

GND 28GND 14

VDD 47

VDD 89VDD 70

VDD 17VDD 6

JP 65

X2 51X1 50

LED2 63LED1 62LED0 61LEDBNC 60

TPOUT- 46TPOUT+ 45TPIN- 58

RX+ 56CD- 53CD+ 54

AUI 64

EECS 76BCSB 75

TPIN+ 59TX- 48

GND 44

GND 52

VDD 57

GND 83

GND 86

SA1725

BR24 0J1234

8765

BR25 0J

1234

8765

A0A1A2A3A4

D2D3D4D5D6

NICINT

/WR

/CSNIC/NWAIT

/RD

EESKEEDIEEDO

EECS

/LK_LED

JP

NICRST

D0

D7

D1

5V

ET5V

5V ET5V

5V

CLKOUTNICINT

/CSNIC/NWAIT

/RD/WR

NICRST

JP

LK_LED

D[7:0]

A[17:0]

A B C

A B C

4

3

2

1

NIC PWB (ETHERNET SECTION)


C10.1U

12

R1820J

21

R3820J

21

R2200J

21

C30.01U

12

C20.01U

12

J1

CON12

12345678

910

1112

CN1

24FMN-SSTK-A

11 22 33 44 55 66 77 88 99 1010 1111 1212 1313 1414 1515 1616 1717 1818 1919 2020 2121 2222 2323 2424

R6 0J

R7OPEN

IC3

NC7S04M5X

2 4

1

R4OPEN

21

C40.1U

12

IC2

IS93C46-3GR

CSSKDIDO GND 5

NC 6NC 7

VCC 8

C340.01U

12

C350.01U

12

L6

TLA-3M103LF

TPOUT+1

CT5

TPRX- 11

TPTXC 7

TPIN-14

TPRXC 10

TPRX+ 9

TPOUT-3 TPTX- 6

TPIN+16

CT12

TPTX+ 8

IC45

NC7WZ17

A11

A23

Y16

Y24

GND2

Vcc5

C37

OPEN

12

C38

0.1u

12

R28OPEN

R29100J

21

/LK_LED

/STB

P7P6

/IT3

/PACKPBSY

/FLT

P1

SLCT

P2P3

DIR3

P4

/SELIN3

P5

/AFEED3

PERR

P0/RESET

/RESET

ST_LED

5V

5V

5VVCC3

5V

5V

P[7:0]

/PACKPBSYPERRSLCT/FLT/STB

/AFEED3/SELIN3

/IT3DIR3

ST_LED

/LK_LED

(/RESET)

10BASE-T

To MCU PWB

C D E

C D E

4

3

2

1

2/2


4. POWER SUPPLY

A

1 2 3 4 5 6

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1 2 3 4 5 6

POWER SUPPLY (120V/127V)


6 7 8 9 10 11 12

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1/1


5. ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM

P-G

ND

3.3V

IN

7

PO

D

HL

GR

ID

13

TC

GY

OR

GY

WH

/BIA

S/T

C

2

HLN

6 12

PO

D

D-G

ND

15 172

CN

19

24V

P-G

ND

24

OR

GY

RD

BK

24V

P-G

ND

1

HLL

D-G

ND

INT

24V

5

4

PK

/GR

IDL

HLN

N

14

BC

HLO

UT

RD

OR

/PR

L

23

CN

1(1/

2)1

HLL

18 20

LED

PO

D

INT

5V

GY

GY

3

1

TH

ER

MO

STA

T

MC

BIA

S

GY

1 3

LED

PP

D2

PP

D2

D-G

ND

CN

22

12V

IN

FW

PK

PK

GY

LED

PP

D2

PP

D2

D-G

ND

1 2 3

1 2 32

MC

FB

PP

D2

1916

EN

5V

21

5V

22

7

/BIA

S/T

C62

INT

24V

5

/GR

IDL

1IN

T5V

2R

TH

AN

-GN

D1

RT

H2

1R

TH

-IN

AN

-GN

D4 5

PL

CN

101

3O

UT

_B+

4M

otor

OU

T_B

-

OU

T_A

+1

Sca

nner

2O

UT

_A-

CN

4

CC

D-C

P

24

CC

D-R

S

12V

631

CC

D_P

HI1

28 729(A

FE

_DB

4)

CC

D-T

G

VC

L

CC

D_P

HI2

432 1218

(VS

AM

P)

VC

L

916

EN

5V

5

(AD

CLK

)2026

(AF

E_D

B6)

27

D-G

ND

38

(AF

E_D

B1)

MH

PS

CN

3

1014

12V

(AF

E_D

B0)

25(A

FE

_DB

5)

(AF

E_D

B3)

D-G

ND

30(A

FE

_DB

2)

23(A

FE

_DB

7)22

(AF

E_S

CK

)21

D-G

ND

19(A

FE

_SE

N)

17D

-GN

D

15(A

FE

_SD

I)

13(B

SA

MP

)

11D

-GN

D

2P

-GN

D1

P-G

ND

19 28 2924 265 131 7 9 2723 256 21 30171542 83 10 11 12 14 16 18 20 22 31 32

4 8

23 7

11 12

OP

PW

B

1D

RS

T2 6

10

1 5 9

31

LCD

RS

LCD

DB

5LC

DD

B6

KE

YS

C2

LCD

DB

4

SE

LIN

3

KE

YS

C1

D-G

ND

BZ

R

LCD

E

KE

YS

C3

LCD

DB

7

DR

ST

DR

ST

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

CN

3

GY

CN

2

HL

WH

HLN

BK

HLL

3H

LNH

LL2

TH

ER

MO

STA

T

200V

EX

ON

LY

120V

ON

LY

CN

002

F-G

ND

WH

RD

1 21 2

2121 BK

WHW

H

BK

RD

LB

BL

BL

BL

PK

GY

GY

PL

PL

RD

RD

YE

BR

PK

PL

BR

LB

PK

PK

LBOR

RD

RD

PL

OR

OR

RD

YE BR

PK

BR PL

GY

GY

GY

GY

GY

RD

WH

GY

BR

CC

DP

WB

MC

UP

WB

PO

WE

RS

UP

PLY

PW

B

PO

WE

RS

UP

PLY

PW

B

CN

10

CN

6C

N11

13S

ELI

N2

1 2 3 4 5

Dup

lex

Mot

or

24V

/DM

T0

/DM

T1

/DM

T2

/DM

T3

CN

13

/PO

FF

D-G

ND

3.3V

IN

9 10 11

GY

GY

BL

BL

BL

BL

7162D

-GN

D

3

24V

/MM

6 3

PL

PK

18

GY

PL

4

7

INT

24V

1

CN

20

/VID

EO

GY

5

GN

D

CN

6

MM

LD

5

OR

GY

7

7 15

/LD

EN

LSU

P-G

ND

PM

CLK

-A

/H S

YN

C

/PM

D4

17

GY

PK

6

8

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

4

GN

D

5 14

LBGY

24V

SH

OLD

11

P-G

ND

/MM

VF

M

24V

D-G

ND

2

D-G

ND

3

MM

LD

/PM

D

PM

CLK

-A

12

5

PM

RD

Y

6

P-G

ND

1 28

BL

PK

1

/LD

EN

H S Y N C4

5V1(

DS

WS

)G

YO

R

LBP

K

24V

INT

24V

1

S/H

10D

-GN

D

MM

PM

RD

Y

BL

P-G

ND

/VID

EO

8

/SY

NC

PM

RD

PK

RD

PL

CN

11V

FM

2

GY

PL

PK

GY

/VF

MC

NT

P-G

ND

P-G

ND

23

8

INT

5V1

133

D-G

ND

9N

C

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

CC

D-C

P

CC

D-R

S

12V

CC

D_P

HI1

(AF

E_D

B4)

CC

D-T

G

VC

L

CC

D_P

HI2

(VS

AM

P)

VC

L

EN

5V

(AD

CLK

)

(AF

E_D

B6)

D-G

ND

(AF

E_D

B1)

MH

PS

CN

1

12V

(AF

E_D

B0)

(AF

E_D

B5)

(AF

E_D

B3)

D-G

ND

(AF

E_D

B2)

(AF

E_D

B7)

(AF

E_S

CK

)D

-GN

D

(AF

E_S

EN

)

D-G

ND

(AF

E_S

DI)

(BS

AM

P)

D-G

ND

P-G

ND

P-G

ND

24V

TC

S3

RD

RD

TC

S6

D-G

ND

DV

SE

L2

1

BR

GY

1

81

BIA

S5

CN

5

7

PL

2D

VS

EL

8

TC

S6

5

DV

un5

D-G

ND

24V

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

SE

LIN

1O

P-D

ATA

OP

-LAT

CH

OP

-CLK

PS

LK

EY

INP

SW

DR

ST

D-G

ND

5VE

ND

-GN

D5V D

-GN

DV

CC

3D

-GN

D

LCD

RS

LCD

DB

5LC

DD

B6

KE

YS

C2

LCD

DB

4

SE

LIN

3

KE

YS

C1

D-G

ND

BZ

R

LCD

E

KE

YS

C3

LCD

DB

7

CN

1

SE

LIN

2S

ELI

N1

OP

-DAT

AO

P-L

ATC

HO

P-C

LKP

SL

KE

YIN

PS

WD

RS

TD

-GN

D5V

EN

D-G

ND

5V D-G

ND

VC

C3

D-G

ND

24 628 7 41218 916 5202627 38101425 23 22 21 19 17 15 13 11 2 1

HV

T P

WB

88

/MC

/MC

PK

PK

P-G

ND

3.3V

IN

D-G

ND

24V

P-G

ND

24V

P-G

ND

HLO

UT

/PR

12V

IN

FW

EN

5V

5V /PO

FF

D-G

ND

3.3V

IN

1312 1514 169 10 114 83 72 61 5

CN

1(2/

2)

INLE

TNL

BK

WH

YE

GR

CN

9

CN

001

CN

001

CN

002

P-G

ND

VC

L1 2

INV

ER

TE

RP

WB

1 2 3 4 5

Shi

fter

Mot

or

24V

/SF

TM

T0

/SF

TM

T1

/SF

TM

T2

/SF

TM

T3

CN

27

D-G

ND

1

D-G

ND

PP

D1

1 1

24V

1(D

SW

S)

D-G

ND

CN

7

RD

MF

D3

CN

12

CP

FS

1

CE

D1

24V

PD

11

PK

2

24V

22C

ED

11

PL

RR

S

PK

DS

W

CN

15

2

LED

MF

D

5

BR

PD

1P

D1

D-G

ND

GY

24V

2

BR

CE

D1

GY

GY

2

CN

16

TM

B-O

PP

D1

RD

CN

23

CN

26

4

/MP

FS

/CP

FS

12

22

CN

25

1LE

DP

PD

1

GY

CN

10

GY

MP

FS

1

/RR

S

D-G

ND

1 1

D-G

ND

TM

BR

124

V

3

TM

A-O

2

F-K

EY

IN7

F-K

EY

IN6

F-K

EY

IN5

F-K

EY

IN4

F-K

EY

IN3

F-K

EY

IN2

F-K

EY

IN1

F-K

EY

IN8

F-K

EY

SC

3F

-KE

YS

C2

F-K

EY

SC

1LE

D_V

3LE

D_V

2LE

D_V

1D

ATA

1D

-GN

D

67 412 916 5 38101415 13 11 2 1

4 83 7

11 12

2 6

10

1 5 9

CN

2

13 14 15 16 17 18

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

18 17D

-GN

DD

-GN

D

LED

_V2

LED

_V3

D-G

ND

DAT

A1

LED

_V1

F-K

EY

SC

1F

-KE

YS

C2

F-K

EY

SC

3F

-KE

YIN

8F

-KE

YIN

1F

-KE

YIN

2F

-KE

YIN

3F

-KE

YIN

4F

-KE

YIN

5F

-KE

YIN

6F

-KE

YIN

7

CN

1

FAX

OP

PW

B

AL-

1661

CS

(FA

X M

OD

EL)

ON

LY

AL-

1661

CS

(FA

X M

OD

EL)

ON

LY

CA

RR

IAG

E U

N

WH

CL

WH

WH

CL

WH

(1) MCU SECTION (1/3)


24V

mir

24V

mir

D-G

ND

SD

SW

SP

IDS

B4B

5V /SP

US

SP

MT-

1S

PM

T-3

SP

MT-

2S

PM

T-0

24V

3 6 51 24

LED

SP

PD

SP

PD

/SP

US

5VSB

4BS

PID

SD

SW

D-G

ND

24V

232119212853

D-G

ND

SP

MT-

2

SP

MT-

1

24V

mir

132220411176

24V

SP

MT-

0

SP

MT-

3

1

1

2

233

4

4

5

5 112

2

SP

MT

SP

US

SP

PD

SE

NS

OR

PW

B

5VSB

4BS

PID

SD

SW

D-G

ND

12345G

YG

YG

Y

GY

PL

PL

PL

PL

BL

BL

BL

BL

OR

OR

OR

BR

BR

BR

BR

PK

PK

PK

PK

BR

GY

RD

BR

RD

RD

RD

RD

RD

BL

PL

/SP

FS

24V

112

2S

PF

SR

DP

K

/SR

RC

24V

112

2S

RR

CR

DP

L

/SG

S24

V1

122

SG

SR

DB

L

/SP

FS

1424

V15

/SR

RC

1624

V17

24V

mir

24

/SG

S18

RD

PK

RD

PL

RD

BL

D-S

PF

UN

IT

MC

U

PW

B

CN

24

(2) D-SPF SECTION (2/3)


10

DIR

3

P3

22

74

NIC

PW

B

81 14

18

1616

17

/PA

CK

1 2392

PB

SY

18

8

P0

P4

D-G

ND

P2

PE

RR

5VP6

11

/ST

B

9

/FLT

5

/IT3

15 2021

21

3 20

/SE

LIN

3

2417

12P

7

23

6

22

MC

U

PW

B

/AF

EE

D3

D-G

ND

CN

16

14

VC

C3

3 6

P1

5

13

/RE

SE

T

SLC

T

19

12 15

245V

4 11

P5

13

10

7 19

2

CN

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 2625

MD

M_I

RQ

PB

_NA

E0

PB

_AD

DR

1

PB

_AD

DR

6

PB

_DAT

A1

PB

_DAT

A5

PB

_DAT

A7

PB

_AD

DR

5

PB

_DAT

A0

PB

_DAT

A4

D-G

ND

PB

_MO

EP

B_N

WE

D-G

ND

PB

_AD

DR

0

PB

_AD

DR

3

D-G

ND

(/FA

X_R

ST

)

PB

_NC

S1

PB

_AD

DR

2

PB

_AD

DR

4

PB

_AD

DR

7D

-GN

D

PB

_DAT

A2

PB

_DAT

A3

PB

_DAT

A6

CN

37

5

D7

D-G

ND

17E

N5V

D-G

ND

16

D1

D4

15 18V

CC

31914

D-G

ND

D3

MS

U_S

T1

2

D0

VC

C3

6 129

/RD

P-G

ND

D2

3

MO

DE

M_I

N

24V

4 2087

CN

38

13

D5

/CS

4

D6

1 1110

TO NE

TW

OR

K

TO T

EL

DIR

3

P3

/PA

CK

PB

SY

P0

P4

D-G

ND

P2

PE

RR

5VP6

/ST

B/F

LT

/IT3

/SE

LIN

3

P7

/AF

EE

D3

D-G

ND

VC

C3

P1

/RE

SE

T

SLC

T

5VP5

MD

M_I

RQ

PB

_NA

E0

PB

_AD

DR

1

PB

_AD

DR

6

PB

_DAT

A1

PB

_DAT

A5

PB

_DAT

A7

PB

_AD

DR

5

PB

_DAT

A0

PB

_DAT

A4

D-G

ND

PB

_MO

EP

B_N

WE

D-G

ND

PB

_AD

DR

0

PB

_AD

DR

3

D-G

ND

(/FA

X_R

ST

)

PB

_NC

S1

PB

_AD

DR

2

PB

_AD

DR

4

PB

_AD

DR

7D

-GN

D

PB

_DAT

A2

PB

_DAT

A3

PB

_DAT

A6

FAX

PW

B

24 182026 25 23 22 21 19 17 67 412 916 5 38101415 13 11 2 1

VO

UT

1V

OU

T2

CN

10

D7

D-G

ND

EN

5V

D-G

ND

D1

D4

VC

C3

D-G

ND

D3

MS

U_S

T1

D0

VC

C3

/RD

P-G

ND

D2

MO

DE

M_I

N

24V

D5

/CS

4

D6

10 8 7 2513 919 18 14 461720 131116 15 12

CN

2

1 2S

PE

AK

ER

CN

1

AL-

1661

CS

(FA

X M

OD

EL)

ON

LY

1 2 3 4

5V U

SB

DAT

A +

DAT

A -

D-G

ND

CN

33

Per

sona

l Com

pute

r(U

SB

PO

RT

)

(3) NIC & FAX SECTION (3/3)


[14] FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD PROCEDURES

[Preparation]The maintenance tool can be operated on Windows XP/2000/Me/98SE.

A USB port is required for the PC.

Copy the following files in a same folder.

• MaintenanceTool.exe (← Tool program)

• MaintenanceTool.fmt

• MaintenanceTool.ini

• Drivers/2KXp/Jaguar2.inf

• Drivers/Win9xME/Jaguar2.inf

• Drivers/Win9xME/usbscan.sys

• Download file (extension .dwl)

To execute the maintenance tool, the driver for the maintenance toolmust be installed.

For installation procedures, refer to 5. Installing procedures.

In addition, a number must be initialy assigned to the PC before themaintenance tool can download files into the copier.

Please Refer to section 4. Serial number setting procedures.

To download files, refer to "Download file making procedures."

When making a folder for the maintenance tool in the PC, do not put along folder name in the absolute path.

[Example]

Erroneous case: c:\Jaguar2 Download Tool

Proper case: c:\Jaguar2\Downtool

1. Download procedures1) Main unit side: Press and hold [CA] key and [LEFT(V)] key

together, and turn on the power simultaneously. (Check that"DOWNLOAD MODE" is displayed on the LCD of the operationpanel.)

2) Connect machine and the PC with a USB cable.

3) PC side: Boost "Mainetenance.exe" and select "JAGUAR2" in theSelect Model menu.

4) PC side: Check that the "test command list" tree is displayed on theintegration maintenance program.

5) PC side: When the integration maintenance program is boostedand "The copier is not turned on." is displayed at the bottom of dis-play, select "File" → "Reconnect" on the menu bar.

6) PC side: Check that trees are displayed in the "Special (MCU/IMC2/Facsimile)" folder in the integration maintenance program. (Iftrees are not displayed, check that the USB connector is con-nected, and select "Reconnect" in procedure 5) again.)

7) PC side: Double-click "Special (MCU/IMC2/Facsimile)" in the maintree to develop its sub trees, and double-click "Download DWLData Area" in the sub trees.


8) PC side: Specify the download file (*****.dwl) to be used.

9) PC side: When a download file is specified, downloading is per-formed automatically.

On specifying a download file, "FLASH ERASE" is displayed on theLCD of machine.

10) PC side: When download is completed, the following message isdisplayed.

Completion message: "Download completed."

Note: Since, however, the machine enters the download data writestate, do not turn OFF the power of the machine at this moment.

11) Main unit side: Wait until "DOWNLOAD COMPLETE!" is displayedon the LCD of the operation panel. When "DOWNLOAD COM-PLETE!" is displayed, download is completed.

Turn OFF the power of the machine, and disconnect the USBcable.

12) Terminate the integration maintenance program, and turn ON themachine again.

Download is completed with the above procedures.

Note: When another machine is connected, connect the USB cableagain and select "File" → "Reconnect" on the menu bar of theintegration maintenance program. Repeat the above proceduresfrom 5).

∗∗∗∗ Inhibition during download (Important)If download is failed, the next download may not be executed. Usegreat care not to execute the following items during download.

• Never turn off the machine.

• Never disconnect the download cable (USB cable).

2. Version acquisition procedures1) Main unit side: Press and hold "CA" key and "LEFT(V)" key, and

turn on the power simultaneously. (Check that "DOWNLOADMODE" is displayed on the operation panel of the main unit.)

2) Connect the machine and the PC with a USB cable.

3) PC side: Boost "Mainetenance.exe" and select "JAGUAR2" in the"Select Model" menu.

4) PC side: Check that the "test command list" tree on the integrationmaintenance program.

5) PC side: Boot the integration maintenance program. If "The copieris not turned on." is displayed, select "File" → "Reconnect" on themenu bar.


6) PC side: Check that trees are displayed on "Special (MCU/IMC2/Facsimile" in the integration maintenance program. (If trees are notdisplayed, check that the USB cable is connected and select"Reconnect" again in procedure 5).

7) PC side: Double-click "Special (MCU/IMC2/Facsimile)" in the maintree items to develop its sub trees. Select "Get Version" in the subtrees.

8) Check that the following display is shown.

With the above procedures, version acquisition is completed.

• The display of "**.**" means its version is not downloaded. Thedownloaded versions are displayed in a version number as shown in"MCU Boot Version: 00.08."

Note: For models without FAX, the facsimile data version is not down-loaded and always displayed as "**.**."

3. EEPROM data acquisition procedureEEPROM data is acquired to the PC. Use this procedure as data main-tenance of EEPROM.

1) Main unit side: Press and hold [CA] key and [LEFT(V)] key, and turnon the power simultaneously. (Check that "DOWNLOAD MODE" isdisplayed on the operation panel of the main unit.)


3) PC side: Boot "Mainetenance.exe" and select "JUGUAR2" in the"Select Model" menu.

4) PC side: Check that "test command list" tree is displayed in the inte-gration maintenance program.

5) PC side: Boot the integration maintenance program. If "The copieris not turned on." is displayed on the lower side of the display,select "File" → "Reconnect" on the menu bar.

6) PC side: Check that trees are displayed on "Special (MCU/IMC2/Facsimile" in the integration maintenance program. (If trees are notdisplayed, check that the USB cable is connected and select"Reconnect" again in procedure 5).


7) PC side: Double-click "Special (MCU/IMC2/Facsimile)" to developits sub trees, and select "Upload EEP-ROM Data Area" in the subtrees.

8) PC side: Enter a desired file name, and select "Save."

9) PC side: When upload is completed, the complete message is dis-played.

With the above procedure, the EEPROM data acquisition is completed.

Data acquired by the EEPROM data acquisition procedure are savedin a file with extension of .eep.

4. Serial number settingThe serial number is set to the PC which is used for downloading. Set-ting is required once only, and there is no need to set again whenrebooting the program.

1) PC side: Boot "Mainetenance.exe" and select "JUGARD2" in the"Select Model" menu.

(Only to set the serial number, the PC should not be connected tothe machine.)

2) Select "Option" → "Serial Number Setting" on the menu bar.

3) Enter optional values to "Product Code" and "ID Code" on the menubox.

After completion setting, press [OK] key.

4) The PC number (serial number) has been assigned.

5. Installing procedures<USB integration maintenance program installation>

Driver installation is made on plug-and-play.

<Installation on Windows XP>

1) Main unit side: Press and hold [CA] key and [LEFT(V)] key, and turnon the power simultaneously. (Check that "DOWNLOAD MODE" isdisplayed on the LCD of the operation panel.


Product Code (P): Enter number (0 – 99)Enter the product code of “3.”

ID Code(I): Enter number (0 – 99)Assign an individual code to each PC uses“MaintenanceTool.exe.”


3) The following display is shown.

Select [Install from a list or specific location] and press <Next> but-ton.

4) Select [Include this location in the search;]. If the search location isnot the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver(Jaguar2.inf), select <Browse>. If the search location is the folderwhich includes the maintenance tool driver, press <Next> button togo to procedure 7).

5) Select the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver(Jaguar2s.inf) and press <OK> button.

(Suppose that the driver is included in C:\Drivers\2kXp folder.)

6) Check the path to the folder which includes the maintenance tooldriver (Jaguar2.inf), and press <Next> button.

7) When the following display is shown, press [Continue Anyway] but-ton.

8) When the following display is shown, installation is completed.

Press <Finish> button.

With the above procedures, installation (on Windows XP) of the inte-gration maintenance program is completed.


<Installation on Windows 2000>

1) Main unit side: Press and hold [CA] key and [LEFT(V)] key, and turnon the power simultaneously. (Check that "DOWNLOAD MODE" isdisplayed on the LCD of the operation panel.)


3) Check that the Found New Hardware Wizard is displayed, andpress <Next> button.

4) Select [Search for a suitable driver for my device] and press <Next>button.

5) Select [Specify a location] and press <Next> button.

6) Press <Browse> button.

7) Specify the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver(Jaguar2.inf), and press <Open> button.

8) Check that the path to the folder which includes the maintenancetool driver (jaguar2.inf) is displayed, and press <OK> button.

(Suppose that the maintenance tool driver is included in C:\Driv-ers\2kXp folder.)


9) Press <Next> button to start installation.



With the above procedures, installation (on Windows 2000) of the inte-gration maintenance program is completed.

<Installation on Windows Me>

1) Main unit side: Press and hold [CA] key and [LEFT(V)] key, and turnon the power simultaneously. (Check that "DOWNLOAD MODE" isdisplayed on the LCD of the operation panel.)


3) The following display is shown on the PC side.

Select [Specify the location of the driver], and press <Next> button.

4) Select [Specify a location], specify the folder which includes themaintenance tool driver (Jaguar2.inf) as the search location, andpress <Next> button.

If the search location does not include the maintenance tool driver(Jaguar2.inf), press <Browse> button to specify the folder whichincludes the maintenance tool driver (Jaguar2.inf).

(Suppose that the maintenance tool driver is included inC:\Driver\Win9xME folder.)

5) Press <Next> button to start installation.



With the above procedures, installation (on Windows ME) of the inte-gration maintenance program is completed.

LEAD-FREE SOLDER

The PWB’s of this model employs lead-free solder. The “LF” marks indicated on the PWB’s and the Service Manual mean “Lead-Free” solder. The alphabet following the LF mark shows the kind of lead-free solder.

(1) NOTE FOR THE USE OF LEAD-FREE SOLDER THREAD

When repairing a lead-free solder PWB, use lead-free solder thread.Never use conventional lead solder thread, which may cause a breakdown or an accident.Since the melting point of lead-free solder thread is about 40°C higher than that of conventional lead solder thread, the use of the exclusive-usesoldering iron is recommendable.

(2) NOTE FOR SOLDERING WORK

Since the melting point of lead-free solder is about 220°C, which is about 40°C higher than that of conventional lead solder, and its soldering capacity isinferior to conventional one, it is apt to keep the soldering iron in contact with the PWB for longer time. This may cause land separation or may exceedthe heat-resistive temperature of components. Use enough care to separate the soldering iron from the PWB when completion of soldering isconfirmed.Since lead-free solder includes a greater quantity of tin, the iron tip may corrode easily. Turn ON/OFF the soldering iron power frequently.If different-kind solder remains on the soldering iron tip, it is melted together with lead-free solder. To avoid this, clean the soldering iron tip aftercompletion of soldering work.If the soldering iron tip is discolored black during soldering work, clean and file the tip with steel wool or a fine filer.

Example:

5mm

Lead-Free

Solder compositioncode (Refer to thetable at the right.)

<Solder composition code of lead-free solder>

Solder composition

Sn-Ag-Cu

Sn-Ag-BiSn-Ag-Bi-Cu

Sn-Zn-Bi

Sn-In-Ag-Bi

Sn-Cu-Ni

Sn-Ag-Sb

Bi-Sn-Ag-PBi-Sn-Ag

a

b

z

i

n

s

p

Solder composition code

a

(Danish) ADVARSEL !Lithiumbatteri – Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering.

Udskiftning må kun ske med batteriaf samme fabrikat og type.

Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren.

(English) Caution !Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.

Replace only with the same or equivalent typerecommended by the manufacturer.

Dispose of used batteries according to manufacturer’s instructions.

(Finnish) VAROITUSParisto voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu.

Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaantyyppiin. Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden

mukaisesti.

(French) ATTENTIONIl y a danger d’explosion s’ il y a remplacement incorrect

de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie dumême type ou d’un type équivalent recommandé par

le constructeur.Mettre au rebut les batteries usagées conformément aux

instructions du fabricant.

(Swedish) VARNINGExplosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte.

Använd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalenttyp som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren.

Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantensinstruktion.

(German) AchtungExplosionsgefahr bei Verwendung inkorrekter Batterien.

Als Ersatzbatterien dürfen nur Batterien vom gleichen Typ odervom Hersteller empfohlene Batterien verwendet werden.Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien nur nach den vom

Hersteller angegebenen Anweisungen.

CAUTION FOR BATTERY REPLACEMENT

CAUTION FOR BATTERY DISPOSAL

(For USA, CANADA)

"BATTERY DISPOSAL"THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A LITHIUM PRIMARY

(MANGANESS DIOXIDE) MEMORY BACK-UP BATTERY THAT MUST BE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. REMOVE THE

BATTERY FROM THE PRODUCT AND CONTACT YOUR LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL AGENCIES FOR INFORMATION

ON RECYCLING AND DISPOSAL OPTIONS.

"TRAITEMENT DES PILES USAGÉES"CE PRODUIT CONTIENT UNE PILE DE SAUVEGARDE DE

MÉMOIRE LITHIUM PRIMAIRE (DIOXYDE DE MANGANÈSE)QUI DOIT ÊTRE TRAITÉE CORRECTEMENT. ENLEVEZ LA PILE DU PRODUIT ET PRENEZ CONTACT AVEC VOTRE

AGENCE ENVIRONNEMENTALE LOCALE POUR DES INFORMATIONS SUR LES MÉTHODES DE RECYCLAGE ET

DE TRAITEMENT.

All rights reserved.Printed in Japan.

No part of this publication may be reproduced,stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,

in any form or by any means,electronic; mechanical; photocopying; recording or otherwise

without prior written permission of the publisher.

Trademark acknowledgements• Microsoft® Windows® operating system is a trademark or copyright of Microsoft

Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries.

• Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® Me, Windows NT® 4.0, Windows® 2000, and Windows® XP are trademarks or copyrights of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries.

• IBM and PC/AT are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.

• Acrobat® Reader Copyright® 1987- 2002 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved. Adobe, the Adobe logo, Acrobat, and the Acrobat logo are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.

• All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners.

SHARP CORPORATIONDigital Document System GroupProducts Quality Assurance DepartmentYamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, Japan

2003 September Printed in Japan